Form 10-K
Table of Contents

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM 10-K

 

 

(Mark One)

x ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended June 25, 2010

Or

 

¨ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from                     to

Commission file number: 001-34775

 

 

FABRINET

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Cayman Islands   Not Applicable

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

 

Walker House

87 Mary Street

George Town

Grand Cayman

Cayman Islands

  KY1-9005
(Address of principal executive offices)   (Zip Code)

+66 2-524-9600

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

 

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

Ordinary Shares, $0.01 par value   New York Stock Exchange
(Title of each class)   (Name of exchange on which registered)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

 

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes  ¨    No  x

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.    Yes  ¨    No  x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes  ¨    No  x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§229.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    Yes  ¨     No  ¨

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (section 229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of the registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

 

Large accelerated filer  ¨      Accelerated filer   ¨
Non-accelerated filer    x   (Do not check if smaller reporting company)    Smaller reporting company   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).    Yes  ¨    No  x

As of December 25, 2009, the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter, there was no established public market for the registrant’s ordinary shares. The registrant’s ordinary shares began trading on the New York Stock Exchange on June 25, 2010.

As of August 20, 2010, the registrant had 33,764,630 ordinary shares, $0.01 par value, outstanding.

 

 

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions of the registrant’s definitive proxy statement relating to its 2010 Annual Meeting of Shareholders are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K where indicated. Such proxy statement will be filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year to which this report relates.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

FABRINET

ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K

For the Fiscal Year Ended June 25, 2010

Table of Contents

 

          Page
   PART I   
Item 1.   

Business

   1
Item 1A.   

Risk Factors

   10
Item 1B.   

Unresolved Staff Comments

   26
Item 2.   

Properties

   27
Item 3.   

Legal Proceedings

   27
Item 4.   

Reserved

   27
   PART II   
Item 5.   

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

   28
Item 6.   

Selected Financial Data

   30
Item 7.   

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

   32
Item 7A.   

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

   48
Item 8.   

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

   50
Item 9.   

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

   85
Item 9A.   

Controls and Procedures

   85
Item 9B.   

Other Information

   85
   PART III   
Item 10.   

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

   86
Item 11.   

Executive Compensation

   86
Item 12.   

Security Ownership or Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

   86
Item 13.   

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

   86
Item 14.   

Principal Accounting Fees and Services

   86
   Part IV   
Item 15.   

Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules

   87


Table of Contents

PART I

 

ITEM 1. BUSINESS.

Overview

We provide precision optical, electro-mechanical and electronic manufacturing services to original equipment manufacturers (OEMs) of complex products such as optical communication components, modules and sub-systems. We offer a broad range of advanced optical and electro-mechanical capabilities across the entire manufacturing process, including process design and engineering, supply chain management, manufacturing, final assembly and test. We focus primarily on low-volume production of a wide variety of high complexity products, which we refer to as “low-volume, high-mix”. Based on our experiences with, and feedback from, customers, we believe we are a global leader in providing these services to the optical communications market.

We have also expanded our customer base to include companies in other similarly complex industries that require advanced precision manufacturing capabilities, such as industrial lasers and sensors. Our customers in these industries support a growing number of end-markets, including semiconductor processing, biotechnology, metrology, material processing, auto safety and medical devices. Our revenues from lasers, sensors and other markets as a percentage of total revenues have increased from 7.9% for the year ended June 26, 2009 (“fiscal 2009”) to 18.3% for the year ended June 25, 2010 (“fiscal 2010”).

In many cases, we are the sole outsourced manufacturing partner used by our customers for the products that we produce for them. The products that we manufacture for our OEM customers include:

 

   

selective switching products, such as reconfigurable optical add-drop modules (ROADMs), and optical amplifiers that collectively enable network managers to route signals through fiber traffic at various wavelengths and over various distances;

 

   

tunable transponders and transceivers that eliminate, at a significant cost savings, the need to stock individual fixed wavelength transponders and transceivers used in voice and data communications networks;

 

   

active optical cables providing high-speed interconnect capabilities for data centers and computing clusters, as well as Infiniband, Ethernet, fiber channel and optical backplane connectivity;

 

   

solid state, diode-pumped and gas lasers (collectively referred to as “industrial lasers”) used across a broad array of industries, including semiconductor processing (wafer inspection, wafer dicing, wafer scribing), biotechnology (DNA sequencing, flow cytometry, hematology, antibody detection), metrology (instrumentation, calibration, inspection), and material processing (photo processing, textile cutting, annealing, marking, engraving); and

 

   

sensors, including anesthesia gas monitors that are used in medical equipment, differential pressure sensors and stabilization sensors that are used in automobiles for emission control and vehicle stability, and measurement and positioning sensors that are used in laser meters and level meters for the construction and surveying industries.

We also design and fabricate application-specific crystals, prisms, mirrors, laser components and substrates (collectively referred to as “customized optics”) and other custom and standard borosilicate, clear fused quartz, and synthetic fused silica glass products (collectively referred to as “customized glass”). We incorporate our customized optics and glass into many of the products we manufacture for our OEM customers, and we also sell customized optics and glass in the merchant market.

We began operations in January 2000 through the acquisition of a precision mechanical and electro-mechanical manufacturing site in Thailand from Seagate Technology, or Seagate. We have been consistently profitable since our inception, achieving 42 consecutive quarters of net income. Over our last five fiscal years, despite the 13.7% decline in our revenues from fiscal 2008 to fiscal 2009, our total revenues increased from $375.7 million in fiscal 2006 to $505.7 million in fiscal 2010, representing a compound annual growth rate of 7.7%.

 

1


Table of Contents

As of June 25, 2010, our facilities comprised approximately 1,100,000 total square feet, including approximately 168,000 square feet of office space and approximately 932,000 square feet devoted to manufacturing and related activities, of which approximately 290,000 square feet were clean room facilities. Of the aggregate square footage of our facilities, approximately 832,000 square feet are located in Thailand and the balance is located in the PRC and the U.S.

Industry Background

Optical Communications

Since 2001, most optical communications OEMs have reduced manufacturing capacity and transitioned to a low-cost and more efficient manufacturing base. By outsourcing production to third parties, these vendors are better able to concentrate on what they believe are their core strengths, such as research and development, and sales and marketing. Outsourcing production often allows these vendors to reduce product costs, achieve accelerated time-to-market and time-to-volume production and access advanced process design and manufacturing technologies. The principal barrier to the trend towards outsourcing in the optics industry has been the shortage of third-party manufacturing partners with the necessary optical process capabilities and robust intellectual property protection.

Demand for optical communications components and modules is influenced by the level and rate of development of optical communications infrastructure and carrier and enterprise network expansion. Carrier demand for optical communications network equipment has increased as a direct result of higher network utilization and increased demand for bandwidth capacity. The increases in network traffic volumes have been driven by increasing demand for voice, data and video delivered over internet protocol, or IP, networks.

Industrial Lasers and Sensors

The optical and electro-mechanical process technologies used in the optical communications market also have applications in other similarly complex end-markets that require advanced precision manufacturing capabilities, such as industrial lasers and sensors. These markets are substantially larger than the optical communications components market. Growth in the industrial lasers and sensors markets is expected to be driven by demand for:

 

   

industrial laser applications across a growing number of end-markets, particularly in semiconductor processing, biotechnology, metrology and material processing;

 

   

precision, non-contact and low power requirement sensors, particularly in auto safety, medical and industrial end-markets; and

 

   

lower cost products used on both enterprise and consumer levels.

Outsourcing of production by industrial laser and sensor OEMs has historically been limited. We believe industrial laser and sensor OEMs are increasingly recognizing the benefits of outsourcing that OEMs in other industries, such as optical communications, have been able to achieve.

Our Competitive Strengths

We believe we have succeeded in providing differentiated services to the optical communications, industrial lasers and sensors industries due to our long-term focus on optical and electro-mechanical process technologies, strategic alignment with our customers and our commitment to total customer satisfaction. More specifically, our key competitive strengths include:

 

   

Advanced Optical and Electro-Mechanical Manufacturing Technologies: We believe that our optical and electro-mechanical process technologies and capabilities, coupled with our customized optics and glass technologies, provide us with a key competitive advantage. These technologies include:

 

   

advanced optical and precision packaging;

 

2


Table of Contents
   

reliability and environmental testing;

 

   

optical and mechanical material and process analysis;

 

   

precision optical fiber and electro-mechanical assembly;

 

   

fiber metallization and lensing;

 

   

fiber handling and fiber alignment;

 

   

crystal growth and processing;

 

   

glass drawing; and

 

   

optical coating.

 

   

Efficient, Flexible and Low Cost Process Engineering and Manufacturing Platform: We enable our customers to transition their production to an efficient and flexible manufacturing platform that is specialized for the production of optics and similarly complex products and is located in a low-cost geography. We believe our advanced manufacturing technologies, coupled with our broad engineering capabilities, give us the ability to identify opportunities to improve our customers’ manufacturing processes and provide meaningful production cost benefits. We have also developed a series of customized software tools that we believe provide us with a specialized ability to manage the unique aspects of low-volume, high-mix production.

 

   

Customizable Factory-Within-a-Factory Production Environment: We offer our customers exclusive engineering teams and manufacturing space for production. We call this concept of segregating production by customer a “factory-within-a-factory.” We believe our approach enhances intellectual property protection and provides greater opportunities to reduce cost and improve time to market of our customers’ products.

 

   

Vertical Integration Targeting Customized Optics and Glass: We believe our capabilities in the design and fabrication of high-value customized optics and glass are complementary to our manufacturing services. Specifically, these capabilities enable us to strategically align our business to our customers’ needs by streamlining our customers’ product development process and reducing the number of suppliers in our customers’ manufacturing supply chains. Also, we use these customized optics and glass products in certain of the components, modules and subsystems we manufacture, which enables us to shorten time to market and reduce the cost for our customers. We believe this level of vertical integration positions us to capitalize on further opportunities to cross-sell our design and fabrication capabilities.

Our Growth Strategy

The key elements of our growth strategy are to:

 

   

Strengthen Our Presence in the Optical Communications Market: We believe we are a leader in manufacturing products in the optical communications market. The optical communications market is growing rapidly, driven by the growth in demand for network bandwidth. We believe this trend will continue to increase the demand for the products that we manufacture. We continue to invest resources in advanced process technologies to support the manufacture of the next generation of complex optical products.

 

   

Leverage Our Technology and Manufacturing Capabilities to Continue to Diversify Our End-Markets: We intend to use our technological strengths in precision optical and electro-mechanical manufacturing to continue our diversification into industrial lasers, sensors and other select markets that require similar capabilities.

 

   

Continue to Extend Our Customized Optics and Glass Vertical Integration: We will continue to extend our vertical integration into customized optics and glass in order to gain greater access to key components used in the complex products we manufacture as well as to continue our diversification

 

3


Table of Contents
 

into new markets. We believe our customized optics and glass capabilities are highly complementary to our optical and electro-mechanical manufacturing services, and we intend to continue to market these products to our existing manufacturing services customers. In addition, we intend to continue our focus on customized optics and glass through further investment into research and development, as well as through potential acquisitions in what remains a highly fragmented market.

 

   

Broaden Our Client Base Geographically: Our manufacturing services are incorporated into products that are distributed in markets worldwide, but we intend to further build out our client base in strategic regions. We intend to focus on expanding our client base in Europe, Asia-Pacific and the United States. We believe these regions have a large and robust optics market and would benefit from our precision optical and electromechanical manufacturing services.

Service Offerings

We offer integrated precision optical, electro-mechanical and electronic manufacturing services and customized optics and glass fabrication services for our OEM customers.

Precision Optical, Electro-Mechanical and Electronic Manufacturing Services

Process Design and Engineering

We continuously analyze our customer’s product designs for cost and manufacturability improvements. We perform detailed design for manufacturability studies and design of experiments to assist in optimizing a product’s design for the lowest cost possible without compromising the quality specifications of form, fit and function. In the case of a new product design, we may assist in assembling one or more prototype products using the same production line and the same engineering and manufacturing teams that would be used for product qualification and volume production. We often transfer production from a customer’s internal prototype or production lines to our own facilities, requiring a copy-exact: the set up of a production process identical to the one used by our customer to minimize the number of variables and expedite qualification.

Qualifications

Production line and environmental qualifications require a variety of process engineering and technical skills, and the use of specialized equipment. Many of the products that we produce for our customers require extensive environmental and reliability qualification involving, in some cases, a three to six months or longer duration prior to volume production. The qualification phase may include a customer’s certification of a production line or process and one or a series of qualification tests for mechanical integrity and environmental endurance as specified by an industry standards organization, such as Telcordia for telecommunication equipment.

Continuous Improvement and Optimization

Once we have completed the qualification phase and stabilized production yields, we shift our focus to cost and quality optimization. This requires a close working relationship with our customer to optimize processes and identify alternative sources for materials to improve efficiency, yields and cost. Design and process improvements may include reducing the number of parts, simplifying the assembly process, eliminating non-value add operations, using standard materials and optimizing manufacturing lines.

Supply Chain and Inventory Management

Our expertise in supply chain and materials management often allows us to further reduce costs and cycle times for our customers. Our procurement and materials management services include planning, purchasing, expediting, warehousing and financing materials from thousands of suppliers. We have created a proprietary set of automated manufacturing resources planning tools to manage our inventory. We have also implemented inventory management strategies with certain suppliers that enable us to use inventory on an as-needed basis and provide on-site stocking programs.

 

4


Table of Contents

Quality Control

We believe the integration of our manufacturing and test controls, quality systems, and software platforms contribute significantly to our ability to deliver high-quality products on a consistent basis and reduce the risk that we will be required to repair or replace defective products. Our manufacturing execution system (MES) is directly integrated with our test system and enterprise resource planning (ERP) database allowing us to respond to any process deviations in real time. We work with customers to develop product-specific test strategies. We also provide a variety of test management services, including material and process testing and reliability testing. In addition to providing yield, manufacturing data tracking and other information, our data tracking system also performs process route checking to ensure that the products follow correct process steps, and the test results meet all specified criteria. Our test capabilities include traditional printed-circuit board assembly (PCBA) testing, mechanical testing and optical testing, which includes parametric testing, such as insertion loss, return loss and extinction ratio, and functional testing (e.g., bit error ratio).

Customized Optics and Glass Fabrication

We design and fabricate our own customized optics and glass, which are core components of the higher level assemblies that we manufacture for our customers. Our fabrication facilities are located in Fuzhou, China and New Jersey. Our customized optics and glass products include the following:

 

   

Fiber Optic Ferrules and Alignment Sleeves; Fiber Optic Substrates; Glass Tubings, Capillaries and Rods: These single bore and multi-bore products, in various shapes and dimensions, are used principally in optical communications, medical and industrial applications.

 

   

Laser Optics: Includes crystals (such as YVO4, Nd: YVO4, Cr: YAG, LiNbO3 and BBO) used in laser applications.

 

   

Storage Optics: Includes mirrors, polarizing beam splitters, or PBS, and waveplates incorporated into optical storage products.

 

   

Surveying Optics: Includes penta prisms, corner cubes, and PBS penta prisms incorporated into precision surveying products.

 

   

Telecom Optics: Includes C-lens, waveplates, prisms and YVO4 crystals used for telecommunications applications.

 

   

Telecommunication Subassemblies: Includes fiber tube assemblies and collimators used in many fiber optic components such as isolators, circulators, optical switches and three-port filters.

Technology

Based on our experiences with customers and our qualitative assessment of our capabilities, we believe we provide a broader array of process technologies to the optics industry than any other manufacturing services provider. We also continue to invest in customized optics and glass technology including in the areas of crystal growth, crystal and glass processing, optical coating, optical assemblies and glass drawing. We intend to continue to increase our process engineering capabilities and manufacturing technologies to extend our product portfolio and continue to gain market share in the optics industry.

Our internally developed and licensed technologies include the following:

 

   

Advanced Optical Packaging: We have extensive experience in developing manufacturing processes and performing value engineering to improve our customers’ product performance, quality, reliability and manufacturing yields. In many cases, we partner with our customers to develop custom manufacturing solutions for their optics products.

 

   

Reliability Testing: Our reliability laboratory enables us to test the degree to which our results and specifications conform to our customers’ requirements. Through the reliability laboratory, we are able

 

5


Table of Contents
 

to perform most of the tests required by industry standards, including damp heat, thermal aging, thermal shock, temperature cycling, shock and vibration, accelerated life testing and stress screening. The reliability laboratory is critical to verification of root cause failure analysis.

 

   

Optical and Mechanical Material and Process Analysis: Our in-house material and process laboratory analyzes materials to support incoming inspection, process development, process monitoring, failure analysis and verification of compliance with the applicable environmental standards.

 

   

Precision Optical Fiber and Electro-mechanical Assembly: We have extensive experience in precision optical and electro-mechanical assemblies in clean room environments, clean room control discipline, cleaning technologies and electro-static discharge (ESD) protection.

 

   

Fiber Metallization and Lensing: We use our fiber metallization and fiber lensing capabilities to assist our customers in packaging their products. Many optical component package designs require metallized fiber and some designs also require lensing at the tip of the fiber. We have in-house capabilities that enable us to produce these products at a low cost, with short lead times and high quality.

 

   

Fiber Handling and Fiber Alignment: The technique with which optical fiber is handled can have a significant impact on the functionality and reliability of optics products due to the risk of damage or flaws introduced to the fiber surface or micro-cracks to the core of the fiber, which may impact alignment or signal quality, among other things. We have implemented a number of techniques to avoid stressing or otherwise damaging fiber during stripping, cleaving and connectorization and to achieve optimal alignment of fiber in these processes.

 

   

Optical Testing: We have the capability to perform parametric and functional tests for a wide variety of optical devices. In many cases, we are also able to help our customers develop their own proprietary software and test fixtures.

 

   

Crystal Growth and Processing: Our crystal growth technology produces non-linear optical crystals and crystals used in laser applications. Our processing capabilities include dicing, grinding, polishing and inspection with high dimension, tolerance and surface quality.

 

   

Glass Drawing: We have developed the specialized capabilities necessary to draw precision structures within tight tolerances using borosilicate, clear fused quartz and synthetic fused silica glass. Using these processes, we produce customized rectangular and circular glass tubes and rods in various configurations and with multiple bores that are accurately drawn in precise locations within the tubing. These tubes can be sliced into thin wafers for use in various applications, such as ultra-filtration of bacteria, micro-organism counting, and identification of organisms and substances. These tubes can also be cut into larger lengths to produce ferrules and sleeves for use in fiber optic communications components.

 

   

Optical Coating: We provide a wide variety of coating from simple single layer anti-reflection coatings to complex multi-layer stacks. The types of coating we provide include anti-reflection, partial reflection and high reflection.

We continuously invest in new and optimized processes to accommodate the next generation of optical devices, such as optical packaging, anti-reflective coating and printed circuit board technologies. We believe many of these manufacturing processes and technologies will be key to developing and commercializing the next generation of optical devices, which may include multi-function passive optics and photonic integrated circuits (which are devices, such as optical line transmitters, that incorporate various optical components and modules into a packaged chip), receivers integrated with an optical amplifier, and optical active cabling. We also anticipate our customers will continue to desire our vertically integrated capabilities, designing customized optics and glass to be incorporated into optical components, modules and complete network or laser systems.

 

6


Table of Contents

Customers, Sales and Marketing

The optical communications market we serve is highly concentrated. Therefore, we expect that the majority of our total revenues will continue to come from a limited number of customers. During fiscal 2010 and fiscal 2009, we had five customers that each contributed 10% or more of our total revenues. These customers together accounted for 69% and 82% of our total revenues during fiscal 2010 and fiscal 2009, respectively.

The production of optics devices is characterized by a lengthy qualification process. In particular, the qualification and field testing of the products that we produce for our customers may take three to six months or longer to complete. Generally, we must qualify our production process with our customers, and the products that we manufacture must also meet the product quality requirements of our customers’ customers. While most of our customers do not purchase our services until they qualify the services and satisfactorily complete factory audits and vendor evaluations, we produce a test run of their products to demonstrate that the products that we produce will meet their qualification standards in advance of receiving an order. As part of this process, our engineers work closely with the customer’s design and procurement teams. We believe that the rigorous product transfer and qualification processes, and the close relationships that we develop with our customers during those processes, results in greater visibility into product life cycles and longer-term customer engagements.

Backlog

We are substantially dependent on orders we receive and fill on a short-term basis. Although we often receive a 12-month forecast from our customers, our customer contracts do not provide any assurance of future sales, and sales are typically made pursuant to individual purchase orders that have short lead times and are subject to revision or cancellation. Because of the possibility of changes in delivery or acceptance schedules, cancellations of orders, returns or price reductions, we do not believe that backlog is a reliable indicator of our future revenues.

Suppliers of Raw Materials

Our manufacturing operations use a wide variety of optical, semiconductor, mechanical and electronic components, assemblies and raw materials. We generally purchase materials from our suppliers through standard purchase orders instead of long term supply agreements. We rely on sole-source suppliers for a number of critical materials. Some of these sole-source suppliers are small businesses, which presents risks to us based on their financial health and reliability, which we continually monitor. We have historically experienced supply shortages for various reasons, including reduced yields by our suppliers, which have prevented us from manufacturing products for our customers in a timely manner. While we continually undertake programs to ensure the long-term availability of raw materials, there can be no assurance that we will be successful in doing so or that we will not be subject to future supply constraints.

Quality

We have an extensive quality management system that focuses on continual process improvement and achieving high levels of customer satisfaction. We employ a variety of enhanced statistical engineering techniques and other tools to improve product and service quality. In addition, we generally offer a warranty ranging from one to five years on the products that we assemble. Generally, this warranty is limited to our workmanship and our liability is capped at the price of the product.

Our quality management systems help to ensure that the products we provide to our customers meet or exceed industry standards. We maintain the following certifications: ISO 9001:2008 for Manufacturing Quality Systems; ISO 14001 for Environmental Quality Systems; TL9000 for Telecommunications Industry Quality Certification; TS16949:2002 for Automotive Industry Quality Certification; ISO 13485:2003 for Medical Devices; AS9100 for Aerospace Industry Quality Certification; OHSAS 18001 for Health and Safety; CSR-DIW for Corporate Social Responsibility; and maintain compliance with various additional standards imposed by the FDA with respect to the manufacture of medical devices.

 

7


Table of Contents

In addition to these standards, we are committed to the deployment of sustainable manufacturing, lean initiatives and continuous improvement throughout our operations. The implementation of lean manufacturing initiatives helps improve efficiency and reduce waste in the manufacturing process in areas such as inventory on hand, set up times and floor space and the number of people required for production, while Kaizen and Six Sigma ensures continuous improvement by reducing process variation.

Competition

Although the manufacturing services market is highly competitive, there are significant barriers to entry in our existing and target markets, including the lengthy sales cycle, the need to demonstrate complex precision optical and electro-mechanical engineering and manufacturing capabilities to a prospective customer and the ability to protect a customer’s intellectual property.

Our overall competitive position depends upon a number of factors, including:

 

   

our manufacturing technologies and capacity;

 

   

the quality of our manufacturing processes and products;

 

   

our supply chain tools and data management systems;

 

   

our engineering and prototyping capabilities;

 

   

our ability to strengthen and broaden our engineering services and know-how to participate in the growth of emerging technologies;

 

   

our ability to deliver on-time;

 

   

cost; and

 

   

our responsiveness and flexibility.

Competitors in the market for optical manufacturing services include Benchmark Electronics, Inc., Hon Hai Precision Industry Co. Ltd, Oplink Communications, Inc., SAE Magnetics (HK) Ltd, Sanmina-SCI Corporation and Venture Corporation Limited, as well as the internal manufacturing capabilities of our customers. Our customized optics and glass operations face competition from companies such as Alps Electric Co., Ltd., Browave Corporation, Fujian Castech Crystals, Inc. and Photop Technologies, Inc.

Intellectual Property

Our success depends, in part, on our ability to protect our customers’ intellectual property. We license various technologies from our customers on a non-exclusive, royalty-free, non-transferable basis for the sole purpose of allowing us to manufacture products for those customers in accordance with their specifications. We have no rights to disclose, use or sell this licensed technology for any other purpose. The duration of these licenses is limited to the duration of the underlying supply or manufacturing agreement. To meet the demands of certain customers, we created a factory-within-a-factory manufacturing environment. Some customers, for example, demand anonymity at our facilities while other customers require additional security measures such as biometric devices to safeguard their segregated manufacturing areas.

We regard our own manufacturing process technologies and customized optics and glass designs as proprietary intellectual property. We own any process engineering technology independently developed in-house by our technical staff. As part of our manufacturing services, we grant our customers a royalty-free license to these process engineering technologies for the purpose of allowing our customers to make their products or have their products made by third parties. Any process engineering or other improvements that we develop in connection with the improvement or optimization of a process for the manufacturing of a customer’s products are immediately assigned to that customer. To protect our proprietary rights, we rely largely upon a combination of trade secrets, non-disclosure agreements and internal security systems. Historically, patents have not played a significant role in

 

8


Table of Contents

the protection of our proprietary rights. Nevertheless, we currently have a relatively small number of solely-owned and jointly-held PRC patents in various customized optic technologies with expiration dates between 2019 and 2021. We believe that both our evolving business practices and industry trends may result in the continued growth of our patent portfolio and its importance to us, particularly as we expand our business.

Environmental Regulation

We are subject to a variety of international and U.S. laws and other legal requirements relating to the use, disposal, clean-up of and human exposure to, hazardous materials. To date, such laws and regulations have not materially affected our business. We do not anticipate any material capital expenditures for environmental control facilities for the foreseeable future. While to date we are not aware of any material exposures, there can be no assurance that environmental matters will not arise in the future or that costs will not be incurred with respect to sites as to which no problem is currently known.

Corporate Structure

We were organized under the laws of the Cayman Islands in August 1999 and commenced our business operations in January 2000. We have six direct and indirect subsidiaries. All of these subsidiaries, other than our Thai subsidiary, Fabrinet Co., Ltd., are wholly-owned. We own over 99.99% of Fabrinet Co., Ltd., and the remainder is owned by Mr. Mitchell and certain of his family members. We formed Fabrinet Co., Ltd. and incorporated Fabrinet USA, Inc. in 1999. We incorporated FBN New Jersey Manufacturing, Inc. and acquired Fabrinet China Holdings and CASIX, Inc. in 2005. We incorporated Fabrinet Pte. Ltd. in 2007.

As the parent company, we enter into all contracts with our customers, and have entered into various inter-company agreements with some of our subsidiaries. We have inter-company agreements with our Thai subsidiary and our New Jersey subsidiary (which is incorporated in Delaware), whereby each provides manufacturing services to us. We also have inter-company agreements with our California subsidiary to provide us with administrative services and with our Singapore subsidiary to provide us with administrative and financial services.

Employees

As of June 25, 2010, we had approximately 5,900 full-time employees located in Thailand, the PRC, the U.S. and Canada. As of June 25, 2010, we had approximately 4,800 full-time employees located in Thailand, approximately 4,640 of whom were engaged in manufacturing operations and 160 of whom were engaged in general and administration. As of June 25, 2010, we had approximately 1,050 full-time employees located in the PRC, approximately 990 of whom were engaged in manufacturing operations and 60 of whom were engaged in general and administration. As of June 25, 2010, we had approximately 40 full-time employees located in the U.S., approximately 30 of whom were engaged in manufacturing operations and 10 of whom were engaged in general and administration. None of our employees are represented by a labor union. We have not experienced any work stoppages, slowdowns or strikes. We consider our relations with our employees to be excellent. Our employees have been employed by us for an average of approximately four consecutive years.

Available Information

Our web site is located at www.fabrinet.com. The information posted on our web site is not incorporated into this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Our Annual Report on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K and amendments to reports filed or furnished pursuant to Sections 13(a) and 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, are available free of charge through the “Investors” section of our web site as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file such material with, or furnish it to, the SEC. You may also access all of our public filings through the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov. Further, a copy of this Annual Report on Form 10-K is located at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, D.C. 20549. Information on the operation of the Public Reference Room can be obtained by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330.

 

9


Table of Contents
ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the following risks and all other information contained in this 10-K, including our consolidated financial statements and the related notes, before investing in our common stock. The risks and uncertainties described below are not the only ones we face. Additional risks and uncertainties that we are unaware of, or that we currently believe are not material, also may become important factors that affect us. If any of the following risks materialize, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially harmed. In that case, the trading price of our common stock could decline, and you may lose some or all of your investment.

Risks Related to Our Business

Our sales depend on and may continue to depend on a few customers, many of which have substantial purchasing power and leverage in negotiating contracts with us. A reduction in orders from any of these customers, the loss of any of these customers, or a customer exerting significant pricing and margin pressures on us could harm our business, financial condition and operating results.

We have depended, and expect to continue to depend, upon a relatively small number of customers for a significant percentage of our total revenues. During fiscal 2010 and fiscal 2009, we had five customers that each contributed 10% or more of our total revenues. These customers together accounted for 69% and 82% of our total revenues during fiscal 2010 and fiscal 2009, respectively. Dependence on a limited number of customers means that a reduction in orders from, a loss of, or other adverse actions by any one of these customers could have an adverse effect on our revenues. Further, our customer concentration increases the concentration of our accounts receivable and our exposure to payment default by any of our key customers. Many of our existing and potential customers have substantial debt burdens, have experienced financial distress or have static or declining revenues. Certain of our customers have gone out of business, been acquired, or announced their withdrawal from segments of the optics market. We generate significant accounts payable and inventory for the services that we provide to our customers, which could expose us to substantial and potentially unrecoverable costs if we do not receive payment from our customers.

Reliance on a small number of customers gives those customers substantial purchasing power and leverage in negotiating contracts with us. In addition, although we enter into master supply agreements with our customers, the level of business to be transacted under those agreements is not guaranteed. Instead, we are awarded business under those agreements on a project-by-project basis. Some of our customers have at times significantly reduced or delayed the volume of manufacturing services that they order from us. If we are unable to maintain our relationships with our existing significant customers, our business, financial condition and operating results could be harmed.

If the optical communications market does not expand as we expect, our business may not grow as fast as we expect, which could adversely impact our business, financial condition and operating results.

Our future success as a provider of precision optical, electro-mechanical and electronic manufacturing services for the optical communications market depends on the continued growth of the optics industry and, in particular, the continued expansion of global information networks, particularly those directly or indirectly dependent upon a fiber optics infrastructure. As part of that growth, we are relying on increasing demand for voice, video, text and other data delivered over high-speed connections. Without network and bandwidth growth, the need for enhanced communications products would be jeopardized. Currently, demand for network services and for broadband access, in particular, is increasing but growth may be limited by several factors, including, among others: (i) the recent global economic downturn, (ii) an uncertain regulatory environment, (iii) potential reluctance from network carriers to supply video and audio content over the communications infrastructure and (iv) uncertainty regarding long-term sustainable business models as multiple industries, such as the cable, traditional telecommunications, wireless and satellite industries, offer competing content delivery solutions. The optical communications market also has experienced periods of overcapacity, some of which have occurred even

 

10


Table of Contents

during periods of relatively high network usage and bandwidth demands. If the factors described above were to slow, stop or reverse the expansion in the optical communications market, our business, financial condition and operating results would be negatively affected.

If we are unable to continue diversifying our precision optical and electro-mechanical manufacturing services across other markets within the optics industry, such as the semiconductor processing, biotechnology, metrology and material processing markets, our business may not grow as fast as we expect.

We intend to continue diversifying across other markets within the optics industry, such as the semiconductor processing, biotechnology, metrology and material processing markets, to reduce our dependence on the optical communications market and to grow our business. Currently, the optical communications market contributes the majority of our revenues. There can be no assurance that our efforts to further expand and diversify into other markets within the optics industry will prove successful. In the event that the opportunities presented by these markets prove to be less than anticipated, if we are less successful than expected in diversifying into these markets, or if our margins in these markets prove to be less than expected, our growth may slow or stall, and we may incur costs that are not offset by revenues in these markets, all of which could harm our business, financial condition and operating results.

Our quarterly revenues, gross profit margins and operating results have fluctuated significantly and may continue to do so in the future, which may cause the market price of our ordinary shares to decline or be volatile.

Our quarterly revenues, gross profit margins, and operating results have fluctuated significantly and may continue to fluctuate significantly in the future. For example, between our quarter ended September 26, 2008 and our quarter ended June 26, 2009, our total revenues declined from $145.9 million to $82.4 million and then increased to $157.4 million for the quarter ended June 25, 2010. Our gross profit margins and operating results experienced similar fluctuations during those periods. Therefore, we believe that quarter-to-quarter comparisons of our operating results may not be useful in predicting our future operating results. You should not rely on our results for one quarter as any indication of our future performance. Quarterly variations in our operations could result in significant volatility in the market price of our ordinary shares.

Our exposure to financially troubled customers or suppliers could harm our business, financial condition and operating results.

We provide manufacturing services to companies, and rely on suppliers, that have in the past and may in the future experience financial difficulty, particularly in light of recent conditions in the credit markets and the overall economy that affected access to capital and liquidity. As a result, we devote significant resources to monitor receivables and inventory balances with certain of our customers. If our customers experience financial difficulty, we could have difficulty recovering amounts owed to us from these customers, or demand for our services from these customers could decline. If our suppliers experience financial difficulty, we could have trouble sourcing materials necessary to fulfill production requirements and meet scheduled shipments. Any such financial difficulty could adversely affect our operating results and financial condition by resulting in a reduction in our revenues, a charge for inventory write-offs, a provision for doubtful accounts, and an increase in working capital requirements due to increases in days in inventory and in days in accounts receivable.

We purchase some of the critical materials used in certain of our products from a single source or a limited number of suppliers. Supply shortages have in the past, and could in the future, impair the quality, reduce the availability or increase the cost of materials, which could harm our revenues, profitability and customer relations.

We rely on a single source or a limited number of suppliers for critical materials used in a significant number of the products we manufacture. We generally purchase these single or limited source materials through standard purchase orders and do not maintain long-term supply agreements with our suppliers. We generally use

 

11


Table of Contents

a rolling 12 month forecast based on anticipated product orders, customer forecasts, product order history, backlog, and warranty and service demand to determine our materials requirements. Lead times for the parts and components that we order vary significantly and depend on factors such as manufacturing cycle times, manufacturing yields and the availability of raw materials used to produce the parts or components. Historically, we have experienced supply shortages resulting from various causes, including reduced yields by our suppliers, which prevented us from manufacturing products for our customers in a timely manner. Our revenues, profitability and customer relations could be harmed by a stoppage or delay of supply, a substitution of more expensive or less reliable parts, the receipt of defective parts or contaminated materials, an increase in the price of supplies, or an inability to obtain reduced pricing from our suppliers in response to competitive pressures.

We continue to undertake programs to strengthen our supply chain. Nevertheless, we are experiencing, and expect for the foreseeable future to continue to experience, strain on our supply chain and periodic supplier problems. We have incurred, and expect to continue to incur for the foreseeable future, costs to address these problems.

Managing our inventory is complex and may require write-downs due to excess or obsolete inventory, which could cause our operating results to decrease significantly in a given fiscal period.

Managing our inventory is complex. We are generally required to procure material based upon the anticipated demand of our customers. The inaccuracy of these forecasts or estimates could result in excess supply or shortages of certain materials. Inventory that is not used or expected to be used as and when planned may become excess or obsolete. Generally, we are unable to use most of the materials purchased for one of our customers to manufacture products for any of our other customers. Additionally, we could experience reduced or delayed product shipments or incur additional inventory write-downs and cancellation charges or penalties, which would increase costs and could harm our business, financial condition and operating results. While our agreements with customers are structured to mitigate our risks related to excess or obsolete inventory, enforcement of these provisions may result in material expense and delay in payment for inventory. If any of our significant customers becomes unable or unwilling to purchase inventory or does not agree to such contractual provisions in the future, our business, financial condition and operating results may be harmed.

We face significant competition in our business. If we are unable to compete successfully against our current and future competitors, our business, financial condition and operating results could be harmed.

Our current and prospective customers tend to evaluate our capabilities against the merits of their internal manufacturing, and these internal manufacturing capabilities are our primary competition. This competition is particularly strong when our customers have excess manufacturing capacity, as was the case when the markets that we serve experienced a downturn from 2001 through 2004 and again in 2008 and 2009, that resulted in underutilized capacity. Many of our potential customers continue to have excess manufacturing capacity at their facilities. If our customers choose to manufacture products internally rather than to outsource production to us, our business, financial condition and operating results could be harmed.

Competitors in the market for optical manufacturing services include Benchmark Electronics, Inc., Hon Hai Precision Industry Co. Ltd., MMI Holdings Limited, Oplink Communications, Inc., Sanmina-SCI Corporation and Venture Corporation Limited. Our customized optics and glass operations face competition from companies such as Alps Electric Co., Ltd., Browave Corporation, Fujian Castech Crystals, Inc. and Photop Technologies, Inc. Larger existing contract manufacturing companies, original design manufacturers or outsourced semiconductor assembly and test companies could also enter our target markets. In addition, we may face more competitors as we attempt to penetrate new markets.

Many of our customers and potential competitors have longer operating histories, greater name recognition, larger customer bases and significantly greater resources than we have. These advantages may allow them to devote greater resources than we can to the development and promotion of service offerings that are similar or

 

12


Table of Contents

superior to our service offerings. These competitors may also engage in more extensive research and development, undertake more far-reaching marketing campaigns, adopt more aggressive pricing policies or offer services that achieve greater market acceptance than ours. These competitors may also compete with us by making more attractive offers to our existing and potential employees, suppliers and strategic partners. Further, consolidation in the optics industry could lead to larger and more geographically diverse competitors. New and increased competition could result in price reductions for our services, reduced gross profit margins or loss of market share. We may not be able to compete successfully against our current and future competitors, and the competitive pressures we face may harm our business, financial condition and operating results.

We conduct operations in a number of countries, which creates logistical and communications challenges for us and exposes us to other risks that could harm our business, financial condition and operating results.

The vast majority of our operations, including manufacturing and customer support, are located in jurisdictions outside the U.S., primarily in the Asia-Pacific region. The distances between Thailand, the PRC and the U.S. create a number of logistical and communications challenges for us, including managing operations across multiple time zones, directing the manufacture and delivery of products across significant distances, coordinating the procurement of raw materials and their delivery to multiple locations and coordinating the activities and decisions of our management team, the members of which are based in different countries.

Our customers are located throughout the world. Total revenues from the bill to location of customers outside of North America accounted for 50.0%, 38.5% and 37.7% of our total revenues for fiscal 2010, fiscal 2009 and fiscal 2008, respectively. We expect that total revenues from the bill to location of customers outside of North America will continue to account for a significant portion of our total revenues. Our customers also depend on international sales, which further exposes us to the risks associated with international operations. In addition, our international operations and sales subject us to a variety of domestic and foreign trade regulatory requirements.

Political unrest and demonstrations, as well as changes in the political, social, business or economic conditions in Thailand, could harm our business, financial condition and operating results.

The majority of our assets and manufacturing operations are located in Thailand. Therefore, political, social, business and economic conditions in Thailand have a significant effect on our business. As of January 28, 2010, Thailand had been assessed as a medium-high political risk by AON Political Risk, a risk management, insurance and consulting firm. Any changes to tax regimes, laws, exchange controls or political action in Thailand may harm our business, financial condition and operating results.

In September 2006, Thailand experienced a military coup that overturned the existing government, and in 2008, political unrest and demonstrations in Bangkok sparked a series of violent incidents that resulted in several deaths and numerous injuries. Most of the casualties occurred around the Government House compound and the two Bangkok airports, Suvarnabhumi International Airport and Don Muang Airport, which were temporarily closed after being occupied by anti-government protestors at the end of November 2008. In April 2009, anti-government demonstrations in Bangkok caused severe traffic congestion and numerous injuries, and in March 2010, protestors again held demonstrations calling for new elections. These demonstrations in Bangkok and other parts of Thailand, which escalated in violence through May 2010, resulted in the country’s worst political violence in nearly two decades with numerous deaths and injuries, as well as destruction of property. Certain hotels and businesses in Bangkok were closed for weeks as the protestors occupied Bangkok’s commercial center, and governments around the world issued travel advisories urging their citizens to avoid non-essential travel to Bangkok.

Any succession crisis in the Kingdom of Thailand could cause new or increased instability and unrest. In the event that a violent coup were to occur or the current political unrest were to worsen, such activity could prevent shipments from entering or leaving the country and disrupt our ability to manufacture products in Thailand, and

 

13


Table of Contents

we could be forced to transfer our manufacturing activities to more stable, and potentially more costly, regions. Further, a new Thai government might repeal certain promotional certificates that we have received or tax holidays for certain export and value added taxes that we enjoy, either preventing us from engaging in our current or anticipated activities or subjecting us to higher tax rates. A new regime could nationalize our business or otherwise seize our assets. Future political instability such as the coup that occurred in September 2006 or the demonstrations that occurred during 2008, 2009 and 2010 could harm our business, financial condition and operating results.

We expect to increase our manufacturing operations in the PRC, which will continue to expose us to risks inherent in doing business in the PRC, any of which risks could harm our business, financial condition and operating results.

We anticipate that we will continue to invest in our customized optics manufacturing facilities located in Fuzhou, China. Because these operations are located in the PRC, they are subject to greater political, legal and economic risks than the geographies in which the facilities of many of our competitors and customers are located. In particular, the political and economic climate in the PRC (both at national and regional levels) is fluid and unpredictable. As of January 28, 2010, the PRC had been assessed as a medium political risk by AON Political Risk. A large part of the PRC’s economy is still being operated under varying degrees of control by the PRC government. By imposing industrial policies and other economic measures, such as control of foreign exchange, taxation, import and export tariffs, environmental regulations, land use rights, intellectual property and restrictions on foreign participation in the domestic market of various industries, the PRC government exerts considerable direct and indirect influence on the development of the PRC economy. Many of the economic reforms carried out by the PRC government are unprecedented or experimental and are expected to change further. Any changes to the political, legal or economic climate in the PRC could harm our business, financial condition and operating results.

Our PRC subsidiary is a “wholly foreign-owned enterprise” and is therefore subject to laws and regulations applicable to foreign investment in the PRC, in general, and laws and regulations applicable to wholly foreign-owned enterprises, in particular. The PRC has made significant progress in the promulgation of laws and regulations pertaining to economic matters such as corporate organization and governance, foreign investment, commerce, taxation and trade. However, the promulgation of new laws, changes in existing laws and abrogation of local regulations by national laws may have a negative impact on our business and prospects. In addition, these laws and regulations are relatively new, and published cases are limited in volume and non-binding. Therefore, the interpretation and enforcement of these laws and regulations involve significant uncertainties. Laws may be changed with little or no prior notice, for political or other reasons. These uncertainties could limit the legal protections available to foreign investors. Furthermore, any litigation in the PRC may be protracted and result in substantial costs and diversion of resources and management’s attention.

Fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates and changes in governmental policies regarding foreign currencies could increase our operating costs, which would adversely affect our operating results.

Volatility in the functional and non-functional currencies of our entities and the U.S. dollar could seriously harm our business, financial condition and operating results. The primary impact of currency exchange fluctuations is on our cash, receivables and payables of our operating entities. We may also experience significant unexpected expenses from fluctuations in exchange rates.

Our customer contracts generally require that our customers pay us in U.S. dollars. However, the majority of our payroll and other operating expenses are paid in Thai baht. As a result of these arrangements, we have significant exposure to changes in the exchange rate between the Thai baht and the U.S. dollar, and our operating results are adversely impacted when the U.S. dollar depreciates relative to the Thai baht and other currencies. We have experienced such depreciation in the U.S. dollar as compared to the Thai baht, and our results have been adversely impacted by this fluctuation in exchange rates. For example, from June 29, 2007 to June 25, 2010, the

 

14


Table of Contents

U.S. dollar lost approximately 6.1% of its value against the Thai baht. We cannot guarantee that the depreciation of the U.S. dollar against the Thai baht will not continue. Further, while we attempt to hedge against certain exchange rate risks, we typically enter into hedging contracts of one to two month durations, leaving us exposed to longer term changes in exchange rates.

Also, we have significant exposure to changes in the exchange rate between the RMB and the U.S. dollar. The expenses of our PRC subsidiary are denominated in RMB. Currently, RMB are convertible under current accounts, including trade- and service-related foreign exchange transactions, foreign debt service and payment of dividends. The PRC government may at its discretion restrict access in the future to foreign currencies for current account transactions. If this occurs, our PRC subsidiary may not be able to pay us dividends in U.S. dollars without prior approval from the PRC State Administration of Foreign Exchange. In addition, conversion of RMB for most capital account items, including direct investments, is still subject to government approval in the PRC. This restriction may limit our ability to invest the earnings of our PRC subsidiary.

Beginning in July 2005, the official exchange rate for the conversion of RMB into U.S. dollars was revalued and permitted to fluctuate within a band against a basket of foreign currencies. As a result, as of June 25, 2010, the U.S. dollar had depreciated approximately 10.7% against the RMB since June 29, 2007. There remains significant international pressure on the PRC government to adopt a substantially more liberalized currency policy. Any further and more significant appreciation in the value of the RMB against the U.S. dollar could negatively impact our operating results.

Our business and operations would be adversely impacted in the event of a failure of our information technology infrastructure.

We rely upon the capacity, reliability and security of our information technology hardware and software infrastructure. For instance, we use a combination of standard and customized software platforms to manage, record and report all aspects of our operations and, in many instances, enable our customers to remotely access certain areas of our databases to monitor yields, inventory positions, work-in-progress status and vendor quality data. We are constantly expanding and updating our information technology infrastructure in response to our changing needs. Any failure to manage, expand and update our information technology infrastructure or any failure in the operation of this infrastructure could harm our business.

Despite our implementation of security measures, our systems are vulnerable to damages from computer viruses, natural disasters, unauthorized access and other similar disruptions. Any system failure, accident or security breach could result in disruptions to our operations. To the extent that any disruptions or security breach results in a loss or damage to our data, or inappropriate disclosure of confidential information, it could harm our business. In addition, we may be required to incur significant costs to protect against damage caused by these disruptions or security breaches in the future.

Cancellations, delays or reductions of customer orders and the relatively short-term nature of the commitments of our customers could harm our business, financial condition and operating results.

We do not typically obtain firm purchase orders or commitments from our customers that extend beyond 13 weeks. While we work closely with our customers to develop forecasts for periods of up to one year, these forecasts are not binding and may be unreliable. Customers may cancel their orders, change production quantities from forecasted volumes or delay production for a number of reasons beyond our control. Any material delay, cancellation or reduction of orders could cause our revenues to decline significantly and could cause us to hold excess materials. Many of our costs and operating expenses are fixed. As a result, a reduction in customer demand could decrease our gross profit and harm our business, financial condition and operating results.

In addition, we make significant decisions, including production schedules, component procurement commitments, personnel needs and other resource requirements, based on our estimate of our customers’ requirements. The short-term nature of our customers’ commitments and the possibility of rapid changes in

 

15


Table of Contents

demand for their products reduce our ability to accurately estimate the future requirements of our customers. Inability to forecast the level of customer orders with certainty makes it difficult to allocate resources to specific customers, order appropriate levels of materials and maximize the use of our manufacturing capacity. This could also lead to an inability to meet a spike in production demand, all of which could harm our business, financial condition and operating results.

Consolidation in the markets we serve could harm our business, financial condition and operating results.

Consolidation in the markets we serve has resulted in a reduction in the number of potential customers for our services. For example, in February 2008, EMCORE Corporation, one of our customers, acquired certain product lines and other assets from another of our customers. Also, in April 2009, Bookham, Inc. and Avanex Corporation, both of which are our customers, merged to form a new company called Oclaro, Inc. In July 2009, Newport Corporation, also our customer, acquired Oclaro’s New FocusTM photonics business, and Oclaro acquired Newport’s high-power laser diode manufacturing operations. In some cases, consolidation among our customers has led to a reduction in demand for our services as customers acquired the capacity to manufacture products in-house.

In addition, consolidation in the markets in which our customers compete has resulted in a greater concentration of purchasing power in a small number of OEMs. For example, in 2009 and 2010, Nortel Networks Corporation sold certain communications businesses and assets to its competitors, including Ciena Corporation, Ericsson and Avaya Inc. Such consolidation among our customers and their customers may continue and may adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results in several ways. Consolidation among our customers and their customers may result in a smaller number of large customers whose size and purchasing power give them increased leverage that may result in, among other things, decreases in our average selling prices. In addition to pricing pressures, this consolidation may also reduce overall demand for our manufacturing services if customers obtain new capacity to manufacture products in-house or discontinue duplicate or competing product lines in order to streamline operations. If demand for our manufacturing services decreases, our business, financial condition and operating results could be harmed.

If we fail to adequately expand our manufacturing capacity, we will not be able to grow our business, which would harm our business, financial condition and operating results. Conversely, if we expand too much or too rapidly, we may experience excess capacity, which would harm our business, financial condition and operating results.

We may not be able to pursue many large customer orders or sustain our historical growth rates if we do not have sufficient manufacturing capacity to enable us to commit to provide customers with specified quantities of products. If our customers do not believe that we have sufficient manufacturing capacity, they may: (i) outsource all of their production to another source that they believe can fulfill all of their production requirements; (ii) look to a second source for the manufacture of additional quantities of the products that we currently manufacture for them; (iii) manufacture the products themselves; or (iv) otherwise decide against using our services for their new products.

We most recently expanded our manufacturing capacity at our Thailand facilities in May 2008 with the completion of Pinehurst Building 5 and intend to further expand our manufacturing capacity in the future, such as our planned construction of a new facility that will be known as Building 6 in Thailand during the remainder of 2010 and 2011. We must continue to devote significant resources to the expansion of our manufacturing capacity, and any such expansion will be expensive, will require management’s time and may disrupt our operations. In the event we are unsuccessful in our attempts to expand our manufacturing capacity, our business, financial condition and operating results could be harmed.

However, if we expand our manufacturing capacity and are unable to promptly utilize the additional space due to reduced demand for our services, an inability to win new projects, new customers or penetrate new markets, or if the optics industry does not grow as we expect, we may experience periods of excess capacity, which could harm our business, financial condition and operating results.

 

16


Table of Contents

We may encounter difficulties completing or integrating acquisitions, asset purchases and other types of transactions that we may pursue in the future, which could disrupt our business, cause dilution to our shareholders and harm our business, financial condition and operating results.

We have grown and may continue to grow our business through acquisitions, asset purchases and other types of transactions, including the transfer of products from our customers and their suppliers. Acquisitions and other strategic transactions typically involve many risks, including the following:

 

   

the integration of the acquired assets and facilities into our business may be difficult, time-consuming and costly, and may adversely impact our profitability;

 

   

we may lose key employees of the acquired companies or divisions;

 

   

we may issue additional ordinary shares, which would dilute our current shareholders’ percentage ownership in us;

 

   

we may incur indebtedness to pay for the transactions;

 

   

we may assume liabilities, some of which may be unknown at the time of the transactions;

 

   

we may record goodwill and non-amortizable intangible assets that will be subject to impairment testing and potential periodic impairment charges;

 

   

we may incur amortization expenses related to certain intangible assets;

 

   

we may devote significant resources to transactions that may not ultimately yield anticipated benefits;

 

   

we may incur greater than expected expenses or lower than expected revenues;

 

   

we may assume obligations with respect to regulatory requirements, including environmental regulations, which may prove more burdensome than expected; or

 

   

we may become subject to litigation.

Acquisitions are inherently risky, and we can provide no assurance that our previous or future acquisitions will be successful or will not harm our business, financial condition and operating results.

We may experience manufacturing yields that are lower than expected, potentially resulting in increased costs, which could harm our business, operating results and customer relations.

Manufacturing yields depend on a number of factors, including the following:

 

   

the quality of input, materials and equipment;

 

   

the quality and feasibility of our customer’s design;

 

   

the repeatability and complexity of the manufacturing process;

 

   

the experience and quality of training of our manufacturing and engineering teams; and

 

   

the monitoring of the manufacturing environment.

Lower volume production due to continually changing designs generally results in lower yields. Manufacturing yields and margins can also be lower if we receive or inadvertently use defective or contaminated materials from our suppliers. In addition, our customer contracts typically provide that we will supply products at a fixed price each quarter, which assumes specific production yields and quality metrics. If we do not meet the yield assumptions and quality metrics used in calculating the price of a product, we may not be able to recover the costs associated with our failure to do so. Consequently, our operating results and profitability may be harmed.

 

17


Table of Contents

If the products that we manufacture contain defects, we could incur significant correction costs, demand for our services may decline and we may be exposed to product liability and product warranty claims, which could harm our business, financial condition, operating results and customer relations.

We manufacture products to our customers’ specifications, and our manufacturing processes and facilities must comply with applicable statutory and regulatory requirements. In addition, our customers’ products and the manufacturing processes that we use to produce them are often complex. As a result, products that we manufacture may at times contain manufacturing or design defects, and our manufacturing processes may be subject to errors or fail to be in compliance with applicable statutory or regulatory requirements. Additionally, not all defects are immediately detectible. The testing procedures of our customers are generally limited to the evaluation of the products that we manufacture under likely and foreseeable failure scenarios. For various reasons (including, among others, the occurrence of performance problems that are unforeseeable at the time of testing or that are detected only when products are fully deployed and operated under peak stress conditions), these products may fail to perform as expected after their initial acceptance by a customer.

We generally provide a warranty of between one and five years on the products that we manufacture for our customers. This warranty typically guarantees that products will conform to our customers’ specifications and be free from defects in workmanship. Defects in the products we manufacture, whether caused by a design, engineering, manufacturing or component failure or by deficiencies in our manufacturing processes and whether during or after the warranty period, could result in product or component failures, which may damage our business reputation, whether or not we are indemnified for such failures. We could also incur significant costs to repair or replace defective products under warranty, particularly when such failures occur in installed systems. In some instances, we may also be required to incur costs to repair or replace defective products outside of the warranty period in the event that a recurring defect is discovered in a certain percentage of a customer’s products delivered over an agreed upon period of time. We have experienced product or component failures in the past and remain exposed to such failures, as the products that we manufacture are widely deployed throughout the world in multiple environments and applications. Further, due to the difficulty in determining whether a given defect resulted from our customer’s design of the product or our manufacturing process, we may be exposed to product liability or product warranty claims arising from defects that are not our fault. In addition, if the number or type of defects exceeds certain percentage limitations contained in our contractual arrangements, we may be required to conduct extensive failure analysis, re-qualify for production or cease production of the specified products.

Product liability claims may include liability for personal injury or property damage. Product warranty claims may include liability to pay for a recall, repair or replacement of a product or component. Although liability for these claims is generally assigned to our customers in our contracts, even where they have assumed liability, our customers may not, or may not have the resources to, satisfy claims for costs or liabilities arising from a defective product. Additionally, under one of our contracts, in the event the products we manufacture do not meet the end-customer’s testing requirements or otherwise fail, we may be required to pay penalties to our customer, including a fee during the time period that the customer or end-customer’s production line is not operational as a result of the failure of the products that we manufacture, all of which could harm our business, operating results and customer relations. If we engineer or manufacture a product that is found to cause any personal injury or property damage or is otherwise found to be defective, we could incur significant costs to resolve the claim. While we maintain insurance for certain product liability claims, we do not maintain insurance for any recalls and, therefore, would be required to pay any associated costs that are determined to be our responsibility. A successful product liability or product warranty claim in excess of our insurance coverage or any material claim for which insurance coverage is denied, limited, is not available or has not been obtained could harm our business, financial condition and operating results.

If we are unable to meet regulatory quality standards applicable to our manufacturing and quality processes for the products we manufacture, our business, financial condition or operating results could be harmed.

As a manufacturer of products for the optics industry, we are required to meet certain certification standards, including the following: ISO 9001:2008 for Manufacturing Quality Systems; ISO 14001 for Environmental Quality Systems; TL9000 for Telecommunications Industry Quality Certification; TS16949:2002 for Automotive

 

18


Table of Contents

Industry Quality Certification; ISO 13485:2003 for Medical Devices; AS9100 for Aerospace Industry Quality Certification; OHSAS 18001 for Health and Safety; and various additional standards imposed by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, with respect to the manufacture of medical devices.

Additionally, we are required to register with the FDA and other regulatory bodies and are subject to continual review and periodic inspection for compliance with these requirements, which require manufacturers to adhere to certain regulations, including testing, quality control and documentation procedures. We hold the following additional certifications: SONY Green Partner for Environmental Management Systems and CSR-DIW for Corporate Social Responsibility in Thailand. In the European Union, we are required to maintain certain ISO certifications in order to sell our precision optical, electro-mechanical and electronic manufacturing services and we must undergo periodic inspections by regulatory bodies to obtain and maintain these certifications. If any regulatory inspection reveals that we are not in compliance with applicable standards, regulators may take action against us, including issuing a warning letter, imposing fines on us, requiring a recall of the products we manufactured for our customers, or closing our manufacturing facilities. If any of these actions were to occur, it could harm our reputation as well as our business, financial condition and operating results.

If we fail to attract additional skilled employees or retain key personnel, our business, financial condition and operating results could suffer.

Our future success depends, in part, upon our ability to attract additional skilled employees and retain our current key personnel. We have identified several areas where we intend to expand our hiring, including human resources, supply chain management, business development and finance. We may not be able to hire and retain such personnel at compensation levels consistent with our existing compensation and salary structure. Our future also depends on the continued contributions of our executive management team, including Mr. Mitchell, and other key management and technical personnel, each of whom would be difficult to replace. We do not have key person life insurance or long-term employment contracts with any of our key personnel. The loss of any of our executive officers or key personnel or the inability to continue to attract qualified personnel could harm our business, financial condition and operating results.

Failure to comply with applicable environmental laws and regulations could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

The sale and manufacturing of products in certain states and countries may subject us to environmental laws and regulations. Although we do not anticipate any material adverse effects based on the nature of our operations and these laws and regulations, we will need to ensure that we and our suppliers comply with such laws and regulations as they are enacted. If we fail to timely comply with such laws and regulations, our customers may cease doing business with us, which would have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. In addition, if we were found to be in violation of these laws, we could be subject to governmental fines, liability to our customers and damage to our reputation, which would also have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

The effects of the recent global economic crisis have and may continue to adversely impact our business, operating results and financial condition.

The recent global economic crisis has caused disruptions and extreme volatility in global financial markets, increased rates of default and bankruptcy, and impacted levels of business and consumer spending. These macroeconomic developments have negatively affected and may continue to negatively affect our business, operating results and financial condition in a number of ways. For example, in fiscal 2009, various customers delayed or decreased spending on new projects with us while others delayed paying us for products and services that we had previously provided. Additionally, as a result of these macroeconomic developments, in fiscal 2009, there was a decline in demand for our customers’ products across all of the industries we serve, which caused our customers to reduce their inventories, resulting in a 13.7% decline in our total revenues and a 25.2% decline in our net income from fiscal 2008 to fiscal 2009. Further, concern about the stability of the markets generally and

 

19


Table of Contents

the strength of counterparties led many lenders and institutional investors to reduce, and in some cases, cease to provide credit to businesses and consumers, including to our suppliers and customers, which further exacerbated downward pressure on demand for our products and services.

If these significant adverse global economic conditions were to return, they could, among other things, make it more difficult for us, our customers and our suppliers to obtain credit, cause our customers or potential customers to reduce or delay their orders with us or cancel their orders altogether, lead to further downward pricing pressures, result in further delays in paying us or result in insolvency for key suppliers or customers, any of which could harm our business, financial condition and operating results.

Epidemics, natural disasters, acts of terrorism and other political and economic developments could harm our business, financial condition and operating results.

In some countries in which we operate, including the PRC and Thailand, potential outbreaks of infectious diseases such as the H1N1 influenza virus, severe acute respiratory syndrome (SARS) or bird flu could disrupt our manufacturing operations, reduce demand for our customers’ products and increase our supply chain costs. Natural disasters, such as the May 2008 earthquake in Sichuan, China, which reported a magnitude of 7.9 on the Richter scale and resulted in the death of tens of thousands of people, could severely disrupt manufacturing operations and increase our supply chain costs. Increased international political instability, evidenced by the threat or occurrence of terrorist attacks, enhanced national security measures, conflicts in the Middle East and Asia, strained international relations arising from these conflicts and the related decline in consumer confidence and economic weakness, may hinder our ability to do business. Any escalation in these events or similar future events may disrupt our operations and the operations of our customers and suppliers, and may affect the availability of materials needed for our manufacturing services. Such events may also disrupt the transportation of materials to our manufacturing facilities and finished products to our customers. These events have had, and may continue to have, an adverse impact on the U.S. and world economy in general, and customer confidence and spending in particular, which in turn could adversely affect our total revenues and operating results. The impact of these events on the volatility of the U.S. and world financial markets also could increase the volatility of the market price of our ordinary shares and may limit the capital resources available to us, our customers and our suppliers.

If we fail to develop and maintain an effective system of internal controls or comply with the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, we may not be able to accurately report our financial results or prevent fraud. As a result, our shareholders could lose confidence in our financial reporting, which would harm our business and the market price of our ordinary shares.

U.S. securities laws require, among other things, that public companies maintain effective internal control over financial reporting and disclosure controls and procedures. In particular, we will be required to perform system and process evaluation and testing of our internal control over financial reporting to allow our management to assess annually the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting and to enable our independent registered public accounting firm to issue a report on the assessment of our controls, as required by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, beginning with our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ending June 24, 2011. Our testing, or the subsequent testing by our independent registered public accounting firm, may reveal deficiencies in our internal control over financial reporting that are deemed to be material weaknesses (defined as deficiencies, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of a company’s annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis).

Given the nature and complexity of our business and the fact that some members of our management team are located in Thailand while others are located in the U.S., control deficiencies may periodically occur. While we have ongoing measures and procedures to prevent and remedy such deficiencies, if they occur there can be no assurance that we will be successful or that we will be able to prevent material weaknesses or significant deficiencies in our internal control over financial reporting in the future. Moreover, if we are not able to comply

 

20


Table of Contents

with the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act in a timely manner, or if we or our independent registered public accounting firm identify deficiencies in our internal control over financial reporting that are deemed to be material weaknesses, the market price of our ordinary shares could decline and we could be subject to potential delisting by the New York Stock Exchange and review by the New York Stock Exchange, the SEC, or other regulatory authorities, which would require the expenditure by us of additional financial and management resources. As a result, our shareholders could lose confidence in our financial reporting, which would harm our business and the market price of our ordinary shares.

We are subject to the risk of increased income taxes, which could harm our business, financial condition and operating results.

We base our tax position upon the anticipated nature and conduct of our business and upon our understanding of the tax laws of the various countries in which we have assets or conduct activities. However, our tax position is subject to review and possible challenge by tax authorities and to possible changes in law, which may have retroactive effect. We were formed in the Cayman Islands and we maintain manufacturing operations in Thailand, the PRC and the U.S. Any of these jurisdictions could assert tax claims against us. We cannot determine in advance the extent to which some jurisdictions may require us to pay taxes or make payments in lieu of taxes. Preferential tax treatment from the Thai government is currently available to us, and we intend to take advantage of it beginning in July 2010 for a period of three years, which will be contingent on, among other things, the export of our customers’ products out of Thailand and our agreement not to move our manufacturing facilities out of our current province in Thailand for at least 15 years. We will lose this favorable tax treatment in Thailand unless we comply with these restrictions, and as a result we may delay or forego certain strategic business decisions due to these tax considerations. We cannot guarantee that such preferential tax treatment will continue. Our PRC subsidiary does not qualify for any such tax incentives, and we do not anticipate that it will qualify for any tax incentives in the future. There is also a risk that Thailand or another jurisdiction in which we operate may treat our Cayman Islands parent as having a permanent establishment in such jurisdiction and subject its income to tax. If we become subject to additional taxes in any jurisdiction or if any jurisdiction begins to treat our Cayman Islands parent as having a permanent establishment, such tax treatment could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

Certain of our subsidiaries provide products and services to, and may from time to time undertake certain significant transactions with, us and our other subsidiaries in different jurisdictions. For instance, we have inter-company agreements in place that provide for our California and Singapore subsidiaries to provide administrative services for our Cayman Islands parent, and our Cayman Islands parent has entered into manufacturing agreements with our Thai subsidiary. In general, related party transactions and, in particular, related party financing transactions, are subject to close review by tax authorities. Moreover, several jurisdictions in which we operate have tax laws with detailed transfer pricing rules that require all transactions with non-resident related parties to be priced using arm’s length pricing principles and require the existence of contemporaneous documentation to support such pricing. International tax authorities could challenge the validity of our related party transfer pricing policies. Such a challenge generally involves a complex area of taxation and a significant degree of judgment by management. If any taxation authorities are successful in challenging our financing or transfer pricing policies, our income tax expense may be adversely affected and we could become subject to interest and penalty charges, which may harm our business, financial condition and operating results.

We may become a passive foreign investment company, which could result in adverse U.S. tax consequences to U.S. investors.

Based upon the value of our assets, which is determined in part on the trading price of our ordinary shares, we do not expect to be a passive foreign investment company, or PFIC, for U.S. federal income tax purposes for the taxable year 2010 or for the foreseeable future. However, despite our expectations, we cannot assure you that we will not be a PFIC for the taxable year 2010 or any future year because our PFIC status is determined at the

 

21


Table of Contents

end of each year and depends on the composition of our income and assets during such year. If we are a PFIC, our U.S. investors will be subject to increased tax liabilities under U.S. tax laws and regulations and to burdensome reporting requirements.

We may not be able to obtain capital when desired on favorable terms, if at all, or without dilution to our shareholders.

We anticipate that our current cash and cash equivalents, together with cash provided by operating activities and funds available through our working capital credit facilities, will be sufficient to meet our current and anticipated needs for general corporate purposes for at least the next 12 months. We operate in a market, however, that makes our prospects difficult to evaluate. It is possible that we may not generate sufficient cash flow from operations or otherwise have the capital resources to meet our future capital needs. If this occurs, we may need additional financing to execute on our current or future business strategies.

Furthermore, if we raise additional funds through the issuance of equity or convertible debt securities, the percentage ownership of our shareholders could be significantly diluted, and these newly-issued securities may have rights, preferences or privileges senior to those of existing shareholders. If adequate additional funds are not available or are not available on acceptable terms, if and when needed, our ability to fund our operations, take advantage of unanticipated opportunities, develop or enhance our manufacturing services, hire additional technical and other personnel, or otherwise respond to competitive pressures could be significantly limited.

Intellectual property infringement claims against our customers or us could harm our business, financial condition and operating results.

Our services involve the creation and use of intellectual property rights, which subject us to the risk of intellectual property infringement claims from third parties and claims arising from the allocation of intellectual property rights among us and our customers. For example, in December 2008, Fabrinet USA, Inc. was served with a complaint, along with one of our customers, filed by Avago Technologies in the United States District Court for the Northern District of California, San Jose Division (Case No. C08-05394SI), alleging infringement of two patents by certain of our customer’s products. On January 28, 2009, Avago Technologies dismissed the complaint against Fabrinet USA, Inc. by filing a notice of voluntary dismissal without prejudice with the United States District Court.

Our customers may require that we indemnify them against the risk of intellectual property infringement arising out of our manufacturing processes. If any claims are brought against us or our customers for such infringement, whether or not these claims have merit, we could be required to expend significant resources in defense of such claims. In the event of an infringement claim, we may be required to spend a significant amount of money to develop non-infringing alternatives or obtain licenses. We may not be successful in developing such alternatives or obtaining such licenses on reasonable terms or at all, which could harm our business, financial condition and operating results.

Any failure to protect our customers’ intellectual property that we use in the products we manufacture for them could harm our customer relationships and subject us to liability.

We focus on manufacturing complex optical products for our customers. These products often contain our customers’ intellectual property, including trade secrets and know-how. Our success depends, in part, on our ability to protect our customers’ intellectual property. We may maintain separate and secure areas for customer proprietary manufacturing processes and materials and dedicate floor space, equipment, engineers and supply chain management to protect our customers’ proprietary drawings, materials and products. The steps we take to protect our customers’ intellectual property may not adequately prevent its disclosure or misappropriation. If we fail to protect our customers’ intellectual property, our customer relationships could be harmed and we may experience difficulty in establishing new customer relationships. In addition, our customers might pursue legal claims against us for any failure to protect their intellectual property, possibly resulting in harm to our reputation and our business, financial condition and operating results.

 

22


Table of Contents

There are inherent uncertainties involved in estimates, judgments and assumptions used in the preparation of financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Any changes in estimates, judgments and assumptions could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.

The preparation of financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP involves making estimates, judgments and assumptions that affect reported amounts of assets (including intangible assets), liabilities and related reserves, revenues, expenses and income. Estimates, judgments and assumptions are inherently subject to change in the future, and any such changes could result in corresponding changes to the amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues, expenses and income. Any such changes could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.

We are subject to governmental export and import controls in several jurisdictions that could subject us to liability or impair our ability to compete in international markets.

We are subject to governmental export and import controls in Thailand, the PRC and the U.S. that may limit our business opportunities. Various countries regulate the import of certain technologies and have enacted laws that could limit our ability to export or sell the products we manufacture. The export of certain technologies from the U.S. and other nations to the PRC is barred by applicable export controls, and similar prohibitions could be extended to Thailand, thereby limiting our ability to manufacture certain products. Any change in export or import regulations or related legislation, shift in approach to the enforcement of existing regulations, or change in the countries, persons or technologies targeted by such regulations, could limit our ability to offer our manufacturing services to existing or potential customers, which could harm our business, financial condition and operating results.

The loan agreements for our long-term debt obligations contain financial ratio covenants that may impair our ability to conduct our business.

We have loan agreements for our long-term debt obligations, which contain financial ratio covenants that may limit management’s discretion with respect to certain business matters. These covenants require us to maintain a specified debt-to-equity ratio and debt service coverage ratio (earnings before interest and depreciation and amortization plus cash on hand minus short-term debt), which may restrict our ability to incur additional indebtedness and limit our ability to use our cash. In the event of our default on these loans or a breach of a covenant, the lenders may immediately cancel the loan agreement, deem the full amount of the outstanding indebtedness immediately due and payable, charge us interest on a monthly basis on the full amount of the outstanding indebtedness and, if we cannot repay all of our outstanding obligations, sell the assets pledged as collateral for the loan in order to fulfill our obligation. We may also be held responsible for any damages and related expenses incurred by the lender as a result of any default. Any failure by us or our subsidiaries to comply with these agreements could harm our business, financial condition and operating results.

We are subject to risks associated with the availability and coverage of insurance.

For certain risks, we do not maintain insurance coverage because of the cost or availability of certain coverage. Because we retain some portion of our insurable risks, and in some cases self-insure completely, unforeseen or catastrophic losses in excess of insured limits may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.

Energy price increases may negatively impact our results of operations.

We, along with our suppliers and customers, rely on various energy sources in our manufacturing and transportation activities. Energy prices have been subject to increases and volatility caused by market fluctuations, supply and demand, currency fluctuation, production and transportation disruption, world events and government regulations. While significant uncertainty currently exists about the future levels of energy prices, a significant increase is possible. Increased energy prices could increase our raw material and

 

23


Table of Contents

transportation costs. In addition, increased transportation costs of our suppliers and customers could be passed along to us. We may not be able to increase our prices enough to offset these increased costs. In addition, any increase in our prices may reduce our future customer orders which could harm our business, financial condition and operating results.

Risks Related to Our Corporate Structure

Our share price may be volatile due to fluctuations in our operating results and other factors, each of which could cause our stock price to decline.

Our revenues, expenses and results of operations have fluctuated in the past and are likely to do so in the future from quarter to quarter and year to year due to the risk factors described in this section and elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. In addition to market and industry factors, the price and trading volume of our ordinary shares may be fluctuate in response to a number of events and factors relating to us, our competitors, our customers and the markets we serve, many of which are beyond our control. Factors such as variations in our total revenues, earnings and cash flow, announcements of new investments or acquisitions, changes in our pricing practices or those of our competitors, commencement or outcome of litigation, sales of ordinary shares by us or our principal shareholders, fluctuations in market prices for our services and general market conditions could cause the market price of our ordinary shares to change substantially. Any of these factors may result in large and sudden changes in the volume and price at which our ordinary shares trade. Among other things, volatility and weakness in our stock price could mean that investors may not be able to sell their shares at or above the prices they paid. Volatility and weakness could also impair our ability in the future to offer our ordinary shares or convertible securities as a source of additional capital and/or as consideration in the acquisition of other businesses.

Furthermore, the stock markets have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have affected and continue to affect the market prices of equity securities of many companies. These fluctuations often have been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of those companies. These broad market and industry fluctuations, as well as general economic, political and market conditions such as recessions, interest rate changes or international currency fluctuations, may cause the market price of shares of our common stock to decline. In the past, companies that have experienced volatility in the market price of their stock have been subject to securities class action litigation. We may be the target of this type of litigation in the future. Securities litigation against us could result in substantial costs and divert our management’s attention from other business concerns, which could seriously harm our business.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or if they publish misleading or unfavorable research about our business, the market price and trading volume of our ordinary shares could decline.

The trading market for our ordinary shares depends in part on the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us or our business. If securities or industry analysts stop covering us, or if too few analysts cover us, the market price of our ordinary shares would be adversely impacted. If one or more of the analysts who covers us downgrades our ordinary shares or publishes misleading or unfavorable research about our business, our market price would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts ceases coverage of us or fails to publish reports on us regularly, demand for our ordinary shares could decrease, which could cause the market price or trading volume of our ordinary shares to decline.

We are controlled by a small group of existing shareholders, whose interests may differ from the interests of our other shareholders.

As of August 20, 2010, our existing shareholders Asia Pacific Growth Fund III, L.P., an affiliate of H&Q Asia Pacific, and Mr. Mitchell, our chief executive officer, president and chairman of the board of directors, beneficially owned, collectively, approximately 59.7% of our outstanding ordinary shares and have three representatives on our board of directors. Accordingly, they have had, and will continue to have, significant

 

24


Table of Contents

influence in determining the outcome of any corporate transaction or other matter submitted to our shareholders for approval, including mergers, consolidations and the sale of all or substantially all of our assets, election of directors and other significant corporate actions. They will also have the power to prevent or cause a change in control. The interests of these shareholders may differ from the interests of our other shareholders.

Certain provisions in our constitutional documents may discourage our acquisition by a third party, which could limit your opportunity to sell shares at a premium.

Our constitutional documents include provisions that could limit the ability of others to acquire control of us, modify our structure or cause us to engage in change-of-control transactions, including, among other things, provisions that:

 

   

establish a classified board of directors;

 

   

prohibit our shareholders from calling meetings or acting by written consent in lieu of a meeting;

 

   

limit the ability of our shareholders to propose actions at duly convened meetings; and

 

   

authorize our board of directors, without action by our shareholders, to issue preferred shares and additional ordinary shares.

These provisions could have the effect of depriving you of an opportunity to sell your ordinary shares at a premium over prevailing market prices by discouraging third parties from seeking to acquire control of us in a tender offer or similar transaction.

Our shareholders may face difficulties in protecting their interests because we are organized under Cayman Islands law.

Our corporate affairs are governed by our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, by the Companies Law (as amended) of the Cayman Islands and the common law of the Cayman Islands. The rights of our shareholders and the fiduciary responsibilities of our directors under the laws of the Cayman Islands are not as clearly established as under statutes or judicial precedent in existence in jurisdictions in the U.S. Therefore, you may have more difficulty in protecting your interests than would shareholders of a corporation incorporated in a jurisdiction in the U.S., due to the comparatively less developed nature of Cayman Islands law in this area.

While Cayman Islands law allows a dissenting shareholder to express the shareholder’s view that a court sanctioned reorganization of a Cayman Islands company would not provide fair value for the shareholder’s shares, Cayman Islands statutory law does not specifically provide for shareholder appraisal rights on a merger or consolidation of a company. This may make it more difficult for you to assess the value of any consideration you may receive in a merger or consolidation or to require that the offeror give you additional consideration if you believe the consideration offered is insufficient.

Shareholders of Cayman Islands exempted companies such as our company have no general rights under Cayman Islands law to inspect corporate records and accounts or to obtain copies of lists of shareholders. Our directors have discretion under our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association to determine whether or not, and under what conditions, our corporate records may be inspected by our shareholders, but are not obliged to make them available to our shareholders. This may make it more difficult for you to obtain the information needed to establish any facts necessary for a shareholder motion or to solicit proxies from other shareholders in connection with a proxy contest.

Subject to limited exceptions, under Cayman Islands law, a minority shareholder may not bring a derivative action against the board of directors. Our Cayman Islands counsel has advised us that they are not aware of any reported class action or derivative action having been brought in a Cayman Islands court.

 

25


Table of Contents

Certain judgments obtained against us by our shareholders may not be enforceable.

We are a Cayman Islands company and substantially all of our assets are located outside of the U.S. In addition, many of our directors and officers are nationals and residents of countries other than the U.S. A substantial portion of the assets of these persons is located outside of the U.S. As a result, it may be difficult to effect service of process within the U.S. upon these persons. It may also be difficult to enforce in U.S. courts judgments obtained in U.S. courts based on the civil liability provisions of the U.S. federal securities laws against us and our officers and directors who are not resident in the U.S. and the substantial majority of whose assets are located outside of the U.S. In addition, there is uncertainty as to whether the courts of the Cayman Islands, Thailand or the PRC would recognize or enforce judgments of U.S. courts against us or such persons predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the securities laws of the U.S. or any state. In particular, a judgment in a U.S. court would not be recognized and accepted by Thai courts without a re-trial or examination of the merits of the case. In addition, there is uncertainty as to whether such Cayman Islands, Thai or PRC courts would be competent to hear original actions brought in the Cayman Islands, Thailand or the PRC against us or such persons predicated upon the securities laws of the U.S. or any state.

 

ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS.

Not applicable.

 

26


Table of Contents
ITEM 2. PROPERTIES.

Our principal executive office is located at Walker House, 87 Mary Street, George Town, Grand Cayman, KYI-9005, Cayman Islands. We have facilities located in Bangkok, Thailand, Fuzhou, China and New Jersey, USA as set forth below:

 

Location

 

Year Operations
Commenced

  Owned/Leased   Approximate
Square Footage
 

Use

Chokchai Campus,
Bangkok, Thailand
(Buildings l and 2)

  2000   Leased until April 30,
2014
  227,000 square feet   Manufacturing

Pinehurst Campus,
Bangkok, Thailand
(Buildings 3 and 4)

 

2004 (Building 3)

and

2005 (Building 4)

  Owned*   288,000 square feet   Manufacturing and general administration

CASIX, Fuzhou, PRC

  2005   Leased**   248,000 square feet   Manufacturing and general administration

VitroCom,
Mountain Lakes, New
Jersey, USA

  2005   Leased until June 30,
2013
  20,000 square feet   Manufacturing

Pinehurst Campus,
Bangkok, Thailand
(Building 5)

  2008   Owned*   317,000 square feet   Manufacturing and general administration

 

*   Although we hold title to Buildings 3, 4 and 5 at our Pinehurst campus, each of those buildings and the underlying land is encumbered by a mortgage that secures our debt obligations to TMB Bank Public Company Limited.
** The lease periods for the buildings located at this facility expire on September 30, 2010 and September 30, 2013.

In addition to our current facilities, in August 2010, we completed the purchase of land for the purpose of constructing a new facility that will be known as Building 6, which will be adjacent to our current Building 5. Building 6 is intended to be a manufacturing facility similar to Building 5 and is anticipated to be approximately 320,000 square feet. We expect to complete the construction of Building 6 by the first quarter of calendar year 2012.

 

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS.

From time to time, we may be involved in litigation relating to claims arising in the ordinary course of our business. There are currently no material claims or actions pending or threatened against us.

 

ITEM 4. RESERVED.

 

27


Table of Contents

PART II

 

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES.

Our ordinary shares have traded on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “FN” since June 25, 2010. Prior to that time, there was no public market for our ordinary shares. The following table sets forth, for the time period indicated, the high and low sales prices of our ordinary shares as reported on the New York Stock Exchange.

 

Fiscal 2010

   High    Low

Fourth Quarter (beginning June 25, 2010)

   $ 10.95    $ 10.41

On September 3, 2010, the closing price of our ordinary shares was $14.04 per share as reported by the New York Stock Exchange.

Holders of Record

As of August 20, 2010, there were approximately 80 shareholders of record of our ordinary shares. Because many of our ordinary shares are held by brokers and other institutions on behalf of shareholders, we are unable to estimate the total number of shareholders represented by these record holders.

Dividends

On October 28, 2008, we paid a cash dividend of $0.33 per share, totaling $10.1 million. On September 1, 2009, we paid a cash dividend of $1.00 per share, totaling $30.8 million. Although we previously paid cash dividends, we currently intend to retain any earnings for use in our business and do not currently intend to pay dividends on our ordinary shares. Dividends, if any, on our ordinary shares will be declared by and subject to the discretion of our board of directors. Even if our board of directors decides to distribute dividends, the form, frequency and amount of such dividends will depend upon our future operations and earnings, capital requirements and surplus, general financial conditions, contractual restrictions, applicable laws and regulations and other factors our board of directors may deem relevant.

Sales of Unregistered Securities

The following is a summary of our issuances or sales of securities during the fiscal 2010 that were not registered under the Securities Act.

1. From June 26, 2009 through June 25, 2010, we granted to our directors, officers, employees and consultants options to purchase an aggregate of 168,500 ordinary shares under our Amended and Restated 1999 Share Option Plan at exercise prices ranging from $5.75 to $6.25 per ordinary share for an aggregate purchase price of $973,073.

2. From June 26, 2009 through June 25, 2010, we sold and issued to our directors, officers, employees and consultants an aggregate of 285,108 ordinary shares pursuant to option exercises under our Amended and Restated 1999 Share Option Plan at exercise prices ranging from $1.50 to $5.00 per ordinary share for an aggregate purchase price of $483,977.

The issuances of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, pursuant to Rule 701 thereof on the basis that the transactions were pursuant to compensatory benefit plans and contracts relating to compensation as provided under Rule 701 and otherwise made in compliance with the requirements of Rule 701. The recipients of securities in each transaction represented their intentions to acquire the securities for investment only and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof and appropriate legends were affixed to the securities issued in these transactions. All recipients had access, through their relationship with the registrant, to information about the registrant.

 

28


Table of Contents

Use of Proceeds

On June 24, 2010, our registration statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-163258) relating to the initial public offering of our ordinary shares was declared effective by the SEC. An aggregate of 9,775,000 ordinary shares (including 1,275,000 ordinary shares subject to the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares) were registered under the registration statement, of which we sold 2,830,000 shares and the selling shareholders identified in the registration statement sold 6,945,000 shares, at an initial public offering price of $10.00 per share. The aggregate offering price for the shares registered and sold by us was $28.3 million and the aggregate offering price for the shares registered and sold by the selling shareholders was approximately $69.5 million. The offering, which closed on July 6, 2010, did not terminate until after the sale of all of the shares registered on the registration statement. The managing underwriters were Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.

As a result of the offering, we received net proceeds of approximately $24.0 million, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions of approximately $2.0 million and additional offering-related expenses of approximately $2.3 million. We did not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares by the selling shareholders. No offering expenses were paid directly or indirectly to (i) any of our officers or directors or their associates, (ii) any persons owning 10% or more of any class of our equity securities, or (iii) any of our affiliates.

We anticipate that we will use the net proceeds from the initial public offering for general corporate purposes, including working capital, the construction of Building 6, capital expenditures and potential acquisitions of complementary businesses, technologies or other assets. We do not currently have any agreements or understandings to make any material acquisitions of, or investments in, other businesses. Pending use of the net proceeds as described above, we have invested our net proceeds in short-term, interest-bearing debt instruments or bank deposits. There has been no material change in the planned use of proceeds from our initial public offering from that described in the final prospectus dated June 24, 2010 filed by us with the SEC pursuant to Rule 424(b).

Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers

None.

 

29


Table of Contents
ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA.

We have derived the selected consolidated financial data for the years ended June 25, 2010, June 26, 2009 and June 27, 2008, and as of June 25, 2010 and June 26, 2009, from our audited consolidated financial statements that are included in Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. We have derived the selected consolidated financial data for the years ended June 29, 2007 and June 30, 2006, and as of June 27, 2008, June 29, 2007 and June 30, 2006, from our audited consolidated financial statements that are not included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. We use a 52-53 week fiscal year ending on the last Friday in June. The selected consolidated financial data presented below should be read in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The results presented below are not necessarily indicative of financial results to be achieved in future periods.

Our consolidated financial statements are prepared and presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP.

 

     Year Ended  
     June 25, 2010     June 26, 2009     June 27, 2008     June 29, 2007     June 30, 2006  
     (in thousands, except per share data)  

Summary Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:(1)

          

Revenues

          

Revenues

   $ 424,548      $ 337,846      $ 345,071      $ 295,338      $ 200,171   

Revenues, related parties

     81,164        101,895        163,312        191,690        170,272   

Other

     —          1,358        2,715        9,115        5,216   
                                        

Total revenues

     505,712        441,099        511,098        496,143        375,659   

Cost of revenues

     (441,370     (383,058     (442,784     (423,858     (339,682
                                        

Gross profit

     64,342        58,041        68,314        72,285        35,977   

Selling, general and administrative expenses

     (16,192     (21,960     (21,741     (18,036     (10,935

Restructuring charges

     —          (2,389     —          —          —     
                                        

Operating income

     48,150        33,692        46,573        54,249        25,042   

Interest income

     327        756        1,364        1,370        1,015   

Interest expense

     (500     (1,266     (1,547     (2,842     (3,346

Foreign exchange (loss) gain, net

     (40     360        (599     (336     (181

Other income

     153        —          —          —          —     
                                        

Income before income taxes

     48,090        33,542        45,791        52,441        22,530   

Income taxes

     (3,767     (2,238     (3,962     (2,702     (1,076
                                        

Net income

   $ 44,323      $ 31,304      $ 41,829      $ 49,739      $ 21,454   
                                        

Earnings per share:

          

Basic

   $ 1.44      $ 1.03      $ 1.40      $ 1.68      $ 0.73   

Diluted

   $ 1.41      $ 1.00      $ 1.33      $ 1.60      $ 0.71   

Weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding

          

Basic

     30,854        30,360        29,889        29,600        29,469   

Diluted

     31,369        31,183        31,349        31,077        30,403   

Cash dividends declared per share

   $ 1.00      $ 0.33        —          —          —     

 

(1) We adopted FASB ASC 718 and ASC 740 during fiscal 2007 and fiscal 2008, respectively. Please see Notes 3 and 12 to our audited consolidated financial statements, included in Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

30


Table of Contents
     As of
     June 25, 2010    June 26, 2009    June 27, 2008    June 29, 2007    June 30, 2006
     (in thousands)

Summary Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

              

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 84,942    $ 114,845    $ 55,682    $ 40,873    $ 40,063

Receivable from initial public offering

     26,319      —        —        —        —  

Working capital(1)

     96,683      58,311      99,260      105,347      83,152

Total assets

     377,425      288,085      292,713      240,081      240,815

Current and long-term debt

     20,385      27,318      29,575      35,498      33,006

Total liabilities

     145,262      94,580      122,148      110,726      162,132

Total shareholders’ equity

     232,163      193,505      170,565      129,355      78,683

 

(1) Working capital is defined as trade accounts receivable plus inventories, less trade accounts payable.

 

     Year Ended  
     June 25, 2010     June 26, 2009     June 27, 2008     June 29, 2007     June 30, 2006  
     (in thousands)  

Summary Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows Data:

          

Net cash provided by operating activities

   $ 17,846      $ 80,357      $ 51,891      $ 26,244      $ 25,073   

Net cash used in investing activities

     (10,718     (7,187     (29,815     (12,380     (10,845

Net cash used in financing activities

     (37,298     (13,836     (8,223     (13,133     (17,128

Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents

     (30,170     59,334        13,853        731        (2,900

 

31


Table of Contents
ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS.

In addition to historical information, this Annual Report on Form 10-K contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933 and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. These statements relate to future events or to our future financial performance and involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause our or our industry’s actual results, levels of activity, performance or achievements to be materially different from any future results, levels of activity, performance or achievements expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements about:

 

   

our goals and strategies;

 

   

our and our customers’ estimates regarding future revenues, operating results, expenses, capital requirements and liquidity and our needs for additional financing;

 

   

our future capital expenditures;

 

   

expansion of our manufacturing capacity;

 

   

the growth rates of our existing markets and potential new markets;

 

   

our and our customers’ and our suppliers’ ability to respond successfully to technological or industry developments;

 

   

our suppliers’ estimates regarding future costs;

 

   

our ability to increase our penetration of existing markets and penetrate new markets;

 

   

our plans to diversify our sources of revenues;

 

   

our use of proceeds from our initial public offering;

 

   

trends in the optical communications, industrial lasers and sensors markets, including trends to outsource the production of components used in those markets;

 

   

our ability to attract and retain a qualified management team and other qualified personnel and advisors; and

 

   

competition in our existing and new markets.

These forward-looking statements are subject to certain risks and uncertainties that could cause our actual results to differ materially from those reflected in the forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause or contribute to such differences include, but are not limited to, those discussed in this Annual Report on Form 10-K and, in particular, the risks discussed under the heading “Risk Factors” in Item 1A of this Annual Report on Form 10-K and those discussed in other documents we file with the Securities and Exchange Commission. We undertake no obligation to revise or publicly release the results of any revision to these forward-looking statements. Given these risks and uncertainties, readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on such forward-looking statements.

Overview

We provide precision optical, electro-mechanical and electronic manufacturing services to original equipment manufacturers (OEMs) of complex products such as optical communication components, modules and sub-systems, industrial lasers and sensors. We offer a broad range of advanced optical and electro-mechanical capabilities across the entire manufacturing process, including process design and engineering, supply chain management, manufacturing, final assembly and test. We focus primarily on low-volume production of a wide variety of high complexity products, which we refer to as “low-volume, high-mix”. Based on our experiences with, and feedback from, customers, we believe we are a global leader in providing these services to the optical communications market.

 

32


Table of Contents

Our customer base includes companies in complex industries that require advanced precision manufacturing capabilities, such as optical communications, industrial lasers and sensors. The products that we manufacture for our OEM customers include: selective switching products; tunable transponders and transceivers; active optical cables; solid state, diode-pumped and gas lasers; and sensors. In many cases, we are the sole outsourced manufacturing partner used by our customers for the products that we produce for them.

We also design and fabricate application-specific crystals, prisms, mirrors, laser components, substrates and other custom and standard borosilicate, clear fused quartz, and synthetic fused silica glass products. We incorporate our customized optics and glass into many of the products we manufacture for our OEM customers, and we also sell customized optics and glass in the merchant market.

We have been consistently profitable since our inception, achieving 42 consecutive quarters of profitable operations.

Revenues

Our total revenues increased by $64.6 million, or 14.6%, to $505.7 million for fiscal 2010, as compared to $441.1 million for fiscal 2009. We generated substantially all of our total revenues during fiscal 2010 from the optical communications, industrial lasers and sensors markets. Since fiscal 2008, our revenues from products for markets other than the optical communications market have increased substantially. Our revenues from lasers, sensors and other markets as a percentage of total revenues have increased from 3.5% for fiscal 2008, to 7.9% for fiscal 2009, to 18.3% for fiscal 2010. We expect that industrial lasers and sensors will represent an increasing portion of our revenues in the future. Because our share of the available business in the industrial lasers and sensors end-markets is presently small, we hope to grow our business in those end-markets in excess of industry growth forecasts.

We believe our success in expanding our relationships with existing customers and attracting new customers is due to a number of factors, including our broad range of complex engineering and manufacturing service offerings, flexible low-cost manufacturing platform, process optimization capabilities, advanced supply chain management, excellent customer service and experienced management team. We expect the prices we charge for the products we manufacture for our customers to decrease over time due in part to competitive market forces. However, we believe we will be able to maintain favorable pricing for our services due to our ability to reduce cycle time, adjust our product mix by focusing on more complicated products, improve yields, and reduce material costs for the products we manufacture. We believe these capabilities have enabled us to help our OEM customers reduce their manufacturing costs while maintaining or improving the design, quality, reliability and delivery times for their products.

Revenues, by percentage, from individual customers representing 10% or more of our total revenues in the respective periods were as follows:

 

     Year Ended  
     June 25, 2010     June 26, 2009     June 27, 2008  

Oclaro, Inc.#

   17   20   22

JDS Uniphase Corporation

   16      20      20   

Opnext, Inc.

   14      11      11   

Finisar Corporation

   12      15      12   

EMCORE Corporation

   10      16      *   

 

# Pursuant to the merger of Avanex Corporation and Bookham, Inc. (both customers of Fabrinet) on April 27, 2009, Bookham, Inc. changed its name to Oclaro, Inc. These figures represent the combined revenues of Bookham, Inc. and Avanex Corporation.
* Less than 10% of total revenues in the period.

 

33


Table of Contents

During fiscal 2010 and fiscal 2009, we had five customers that each contributed 10% or more of our total revenues, and such customers together accounted for 69% and 82%, respectively, of our total revenues during the periods. During fiscal 2008, we had four customers that each contributed 10% or more of our total revenues.

Revenues, Related Parties

Revenues, related parties, represents revenues from our manufacturing of optical communications products for JDS Uniphase Corporation (or JDSU) and Finisar Corporation (or Finisar), a classification required by Rule 4-08(k) of Regulation S-X under the Exchange Act. JDSU is classified as a related party for fiscal 2009 and fiscal 2008 because it held 6.4% and 6.4% of our share capital on a fully diluted basis as of June 26, 2009 and June 27, 2008, respectively. In fiscal 2010, JDSU participated in our initial public offering as a selling shareholder and sold 1,606,850 ordinary shares, which reduced its share ownership to 1.1% (fully diluted) as of June 25, 2010. Therefore, JDSU was no longer classified as a related party as of June 25, 2010, and our balance sheet as of June 25, 2010 does not reflect JDSU as a related party. However, as JDSU was considered a related party for most of fiscal 2010, our statement of operations for fiscal 2010 includes JDSU in revenues, related parties. As of August 29, 2008, Finisar was no longer classified as a related party because Frank H. Levinson, a member of our board of directors, terminated his service on Finisar’s board of directors in August 2008.

Other Revenues

Other revenues represents revenues from production wind-down and transfer agreements. Through the three months ended December 26, 2008, we recognized income from production wind-down and transfer agreements, primarily consisting of income received from the production wind-down and transfer agreements we entered into during fiscal 2005 and fiscal 2006. We recognized this income on a straight-line basis over the estimated wind-down period and the product life cycle of the products transferred to our Thailand facilities under those various agreements. Currently, we do not expect to enter into new production wind-down and transfer agreements. See the section titled “revenue recognition” at Note 2.1 of our audited consolidated financial statements for further details.

Revenues by Geography

We generate revenues from three geographic regions: North America, Asia-Pacific and Europe. Revenues are attributed to a particular geographic area based on the bill-to location of our customers, notwithstanding that our customers may ultimately ship their products to end customers in a different geographic region. Virtually all of our revenues are derived from our manufacturing facilities in Asia.

The percentage of our revenues generated from the bill-to location outside of North America has increased from 37.7% in fiscal 2008 to 50.0% in fiscal 2010, primarily as a result of increasing sales in Asia-Pacific and Europe. We expect that an increasing portion of our revenues will come from the bill-to location outside of North America in the future.

The following table presents total revenues, by percentage, by geographic regions:

 

     Year Ended  
     June 25, 2010     June 26, 2009     June 27, 2008  

North America

   50.0   61.5   62.3

Asia-Pacific

   39.0      34.3      30.5   

Europe

   11.0      4.2      7.2   
                  
   100.0   100.0   100.0
                  

 

34


Table of Contents

Our Contracts

We enter into supply agreements with our customers that generally have an initial term of two to three years. Although there are no minimum purchase requirements in our supply agreements, our customers do provide us with forecasts of their demand requirements. Our supply agreements generally include provisions for pricing and periodic review of pricing, consignment of our customer’s unique production equipment to us and sharing benefits from cost-savings derived from our efforts. We are generally required to purchase materials, which may include long lead-time materials, to meet the stated demands of our customers. After procuring materials, we manufacture products for our customers based on purchase orders that contain terms regarding quantity, delivery location and delivery dates. Our customers generally are required to purchase finished goods from us. Materials that are not consumed by our customers within a specified period of time or are no longer required due to a product’s cancellation or end-of-life are typically designated as excess or obsolete inventory under our contracts. After materials are designated as either excess or obsolete inventory, our customers are typically required to purchase the inventory from us even if they have chosen to cancel production of the related products.

Cost of Revenues

The key components of our cost of revenues are material costs, employee costs, and infrastructure-related costs. Material costs generally represent the majority of our cost of revenues. Several of the materials we require to manufacture products for our customers are customized for their products and, in many instances, sourced from a single supplier, in some cases our own subsidiaries. Shortages from sole-source suppliers due to yield loss, quality concerns and capacity constraints, among other factors, may increase our expenses and negatively impact our gross profit margin or total revenues in a given quarter. Material costs include scrap material. Historically, our rate of scrap diminishes during a product’s life cycle due to process, fixturing and test improvement and optimization.

A second significant element of cost of revenues is employee costs, including: indirect employee costs related to design, configuration and optimization of manufacturing processes for our customers, quality testing, materials testing and other engineering services; and direct costs related to our manufacturing employees. Direct employee costs include employee salaries, insurance and benefits, merit-based bonuses, recruitment, training and retention. Historically, our employee costs have increased primarily due to increases in the number of employees necessary to support our growth and, to a lesser extent, costs to recruit, train and retain employees. Salary levels in Thailand and the PRC, the fluctuation of the Thai baht and RMB against our functional currency, the U.S. dollar, and our ability to retain our employees significantly impact our cost of revenues. We expect our employee costs to increase as we continue to increase our headcount to service additional business and as wages continue to increase in Thailand and the PRC. Wage increases may impact our ability to sustain our competitive advantage and may reduce our profit margin. We seek to mitigate these cost increases through improvements in employee productivity, employee retention and asset utilization.

Our infrastructure costs are comprised of depreciation, utilities, and facilities management and overhead costs. Most of our facility leases are long-term agreements. Our depreciation costs are comprised of buildings and fixed assets, primarily at our Pinehurst Campus in Thailand, and capital equipment located at each of our manufacturing locations.

We previously maintained an Employee Profit Sharing Plan, under which we allocated ten percent of our adjusted pre-tax profits to be distributed quarterly to our employees. A portion of the Employee Profit Sharing Plan was allocated to the Executive Bonus Plan and made available for our executive officers and senior management, collectively known as our senior staff. The remainder of the Employee Profit Sharing Plan was distributed to our employees as direct profit sharing and merit-based bonus compensation. The Employee Profit Sharing Plan was eliminated during the three months ended March 27, 2009. Currently, merit-based bonus awards are available and distributed to non-senior staff. There is currently no bonus or incentive compensation available to senior staff. Charges included in cost of revenues for profit sharing and merit-based bonus distributions to employees under these plans were $0, $1.3 million and $2.3 million for fiscal 2010, fiscal 2009 and fiscal 2008, respectively.

 

35


Table of Contents

Share-based compensation expense included in cost of revenues was $0.3 million, $0.4 million and $0.6 million for fiscal 2010, fiscal 2009 and fiscal 2008, respectively.

Other than incremental costs associated with growing our business generally, we do not expect to incur material incremental costs of revenue as a result of our planned expansion into new geographic markets, our continued diversification into the industrial lasers and sensors markets and other end-markets outside of the optical communications market or our further development of customized optics and glass manufacturing capabilities.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

Our selling, general and administrative expenses, or SG&A expenses, primarily consist of corporate employee costs for sales and marketing, general and administrative and other support personnel, including amounts previously paid under our Employee Profit Sharing Plan, research and development expenses related to the design of customized optics and glass, travel expenses, legal and other professional fees, share-based compensation expense, and other general expenses not related to cost of revenues. We expect our SG&A expenses to increase as we respond to the requirements of being a public company, including increased expenses associated with: preparing and filing required reports under the U.S. securities laws; comprehensively documenting and assessing our system of internal controls and maintaining our disclosure controls and procedures as a result of the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act; competitively compensating our board of directors; and insuring against additional risks associated with being a public company.

Charges included in SG&A expenses for profit sharing distributions to senior staff were $0, $1.6 million and $2.7 million for fiscal 2010, fiscal 2009 and fiscal 2008, respectively. Share-based compensation expense included in SG&A expenses was $0.4 million, $0.4 million and $0.6 million for fiscal 2010, fiscal 2009 and fiscal 2008, respectively.

Other than incremental costs associated with growing our business generally, we do not expect to incur material incremental SG&A expenses as a result of our planned expansion into new geographic markets, our continued diversification into the industrial lasers and sensors markets and other end-markets outside of the optical communications market or our further development of customized optics and glass manufacturing capabilities.

Additional Financial Disclosures

Foreign Exchange

As a result of our international operations, we are exposed to foreign exchange risk arising from various currency exposures primarily with respect to the Thai baht and RMB. Although a majority of our total revenues is denominated in U.S. dollars, a substantial portion of our payroll as well as certain other operating expenses are incurred and paid in Thai baht. The exchange rates between the Thai baht and the U.S. dollar have fluctuated substantially in recent years and may continue to fluctuate substantially in the future. We report our financial results in U.S. dollars and our results of operations have been and may continue to be negatively impacted due to Thai baht appreciation against the U.S. dollar. Smaller portions of our expenses are incurred in a variety of other currencies, including RMB, Canadian dollars, Euros and Japanese yen, the appreciation of which may also negatively impact our financial results.

In order to manage the risks arising from fluctuations in currency exchange rates, we use derivative financial instruments. We may enter into short-term forward foreign currency contracts to help manage currency exposures associated with certain assets and liabilities, primarily short-term obligations. The forward exchange contracts have generally ranged from one to three months in original maturity, and no forward exchange contract has had an original maturity greater than one year. All foreign currency exchange contracts are recognized on the balance sheet at fair value. As we do not apply hedge accounting to these instruments, the derivatives are

 

36


Table of Contents

recorded at fair value through earnings. The gains and losses on our forward contracts generally offset losses and gains on the assets, liabilities and transactions economically hedged and, accordingly, generally do not subject us to the risk of significant accounting losses.

As of June 25, 2010 and June 26, 2009, we had outstanding foreign currency assets and liabilities in Thai baht and RMB as follows:

 

     June 25, 2010    June 26, 2009
     Currency    $    %    Currency    $    %
     (in thousands, except percentages)

Assets

                 

Thai baht

   291,608    8,995    52.9    110,018    3,228    29.1

RMB

   50,723    7,993    47.1    53,758    7,868    70.9
                         
      16,988    100.0       11,096    100.0
                         

Liabilities

                 

Thai baht

   560,494    17,289    85.4    295,114    8,659    83.3

RMB

   20,077    2,957    14.6    11,831    1,740    16.7
                         
      20,246    100.0       10,399    100.0
                         

The Thai baht assets represent cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, deposits and other current assets. The Thai baht liabilities represent trade accounts payable, accrued expenses and other payables. We manage our exposure to fluctuations in foreign exchange rates by using foreign currency contracts and offsetting assets and liabilities denominated in the same currency in accordance with management’s policy. As of June 25, 2010, there was $12.0 million in selling forward contracts and $6.5 million in option contracts outstanding on the Thai baht payables. As of June 26, 2009, there was $3.0 million in selling forward contracts outstanding on the Thai baht payables.

The RMB assets represent cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable and other current assets. The RMB liabilities represent trade accounts payable, accrued expenses and other payables. As of June 25, 2010 and June 26, 2009, there were no outstanding forward contracts with respect to RMB assets or liabilities.

Currency Regulation and Dividend Distribution

Foreign exchange regulation in the PRC is primarily governed by the following rules:

 

   

Foreign Currency Administration Rules, as amended on August 5, 2008, or the Exchange Rules;

 

   

Administration Rules of the Settlement, Sale and Payment of Foreign Exchange (1996), or the Administration Rules; and

 

   

Notice on Perfecting Practices Concerning Foreign Exchange Settlement Regarding the Capital Contribution by Foreign-invested Enterprises, as promulgated by the State Administration of Foreign Exchange, or SAFE, on August 29, 2008, or Circular 142.

Under the Exchange Rules, RMB is freely convertible into foreign currencies for current account items, including the distribution of dividends, interest payments, trade and service-related foreign exchange transactions. However, conversion of RMB for capital account items, such as direct investments, loans, security investments and repatriation of investments, is still subject to SAFE’s approval.

Under the Administration Rules, foreign-invested enterprises may only buy, sell or remit foreign currencies at banks authorized to conduct foreign exchange business after providing valid commercial documents and relevant supporting documents and, in the case of capital account item transactions, obtaining approval from

 

37


Table of Contents

SAFE. Capital investments by foreign-invested enterprises outside of the PRC are also subject to limitations, which include approvals by the Ministry of Commerce, SAFE and the State Development and Reform Commission.

Circular 142 regulates the conversion by a foreign-invested company of foreign currency into RMB by restricting how the converted RMB may be used. Circular 142 requires that the registered capital of a foreign-invested enterprise settled in RMB converted from foreign currencies may only be used for purposes within the business scope approved by the applicable governmental authority and may not be used for equity investments within the PRC. In addition, SAFE strengthened its oversight of the flow and use of the registered capital of foreign-invested enterprises settled in RMB converted from foreign currencies. The use of such RMB capital may not be changed without SAFE’s approval and may not be used to repay RMB loans if the proceeds of such loans have not been used.

On January 5, 2007, SAFE promulgated the Detailed Rules for Implementing the Measures for the Administration on Individual Foreign Exchange, or the Implementation Rules. Under the Implementation Rules, PRC citizens who are granted share options by an overseas publicly-listed company are required, through a PRC agent or PRC subsidiary of such overseas publicly-listed company, to register with SAFE and complete certain other procedures.

In addition, the General Administration of Taxation has issued circulars concerning employee share options. Under these circulars, our employees working in the PRC who exercise share options will be subject to PRC individual income tax. Our PRC subsidiary has obligations to file documents related to employee share options with relevant tax authorities and withhold individual income taxes of those employees who exercise their share options.

In addition, our transfer of funds to our subsidiaries in Thailand and the PRC are each subject to approval by governmental authorities in case of an increase in registered capital, or subject to registration with governmental authorities in case of a shareholder loan. These limitations on the flow of funds between us and our subsidiaries could restrict our ability to act in response to changing market conditions.

Income Tax

Our effective tax rate is a function of the mix of tax rates in the various jurisdictions in which we do business. We are domiciled in the Cayman Islands. Under the current laws of the Cayman Islands, we are not subject to tax on income or capital gains in the Cayman Islands. We have received this undertaking for a 20-year period ending August 24, 2019, and after the expiration date, we can make a request for renewal with the office of the Clerk of the Cabinet for another twenty years.

Throughout the period of our operations in Thailand, we have generally received income tax and other incentives from the Thailand Board of Investment. While we did not receive any income tax incentive in our operations in Thailand for fiscal 2010, a new tax incentive commenced for a period of three years beginning in July 2010 for income generated from new products manufactured at our Pinehurst Building 5. We do not currently qualify for any available tax incentives at our Fuzhou, PRC facility under the laws of the PRC.

Critical Accounting Policies and Use of Estimates

We prepare our consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP, which requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, disclosure of contingent liabilities on the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the financial reporting period. We continually evaluate these estimates and assumptions based on the most recently available information, our own historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Because the use of

 

38


Table of Contents

estimates is an integral component of the financial reporting process, actual results could differ from those estimates. Some of our accounting policies require higher degrees of judgment than others in their application. We consider the policies discussed below to be critical to an understanding of our consolidated financial statements as their application places the most significant demands on our management’s judgment.

A quantitative sensitivity analysis is provided where such information is reasonably available, can be reliably estimated and provides material information to investors. The amounts used to assess sensitivity are included for illustrative purposes only and do not represent management’s predictions of variability.

Long-Lived Assets

We review property, plant and equipment for impairment when events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. An impairment loss is recognized when the carrying amount of a long-lived asset exceeds its fair value. Recoverability of property and equipment is measured by comparing its carrying amount to the projected undiscounted cash flows the property and equipment are expected to generate. If such assets are considered to be impaired, the impairment loss recognized, if any, is the amount by which the carrying amount of the property and equipment exceeds its fair value. As of the end of fiscal 2010, 2009 and 2008, there were no triggering events that required an assessment of our long-lived assets for impairment.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

We perform ongoing credit evaluations of our customers’ financial condition and make provisions for doubtful accounts based on the outcome of these credit evaluations. We evaluate the collectability of our accounts receivable based on specific customer circumstances, current economic trends, historical experience with collections and the age of past due receivables. Unanticipated changes in the liquidity or financial position of our customers may require additional provisions for doubtful accounts. Under our specific identification method it is not practical to assess the sensitivity of our estimates. As of June 25, 2010, we had identified receivables of approximately $13.6 million, or approximately 13.0% of total receivables, the collection of which may be adversely affected, as compared to receivables of approximately $9.0 million, or approximately 14.0% of total receivables, as of June 26, 2009. We continue to monitor these exposures and currently believe no material losses will be incurred.

Inventory Valuation

Our inventories are stated at the lower of cost, on a first-in, first-out basis, or market value. Our industry is characterized by rapid technological change, short-term customer commitments and rapid changes in demand. We make provisions for estimated excess and obsolete inventory based on regular reviews of inventory quantities on hand and the latest forecasts of product demand and production requirements from our customers. If actual market conditions or our customers’ product demands are less favorable than those projected, additional provisions may be required. In addition, unanticipated changes in liquidity or the financial position of our customers or changes in economic conditions may require additional provisions for inventories due to our customers’ inability to fulfill their contractual obligations. During fiscal 2010 and fiscal 2009, a change of 10% for excess and obsolete materials, based on product demand and production requirements from our customers, would have affected our net income in each period by approximately $0.2 million and $0.3 million, respectively.

Deferred Income Taxes

Our deferred income tax assets represent temporary differences between the carrying amount and the tax basis of existing assets and liabilities that will result in deductible amounts in future years, including net operating loss carry forwards. Based on estimates, the carrying value of our net deferred tax assets assumes that it is more likely than not that we will be able to generate sufficient future taxable income in certain tax jurisdictions to realize these deferred income tax assets. Our judgments regarding future profitability may change due to future

 

39


Table of Contents

market conditions, changes in U.S. or international tax laws and other factors. If these estimates and related assumptions change in the future, we may be required to increase or decrease our valuation allowance against the deferred tax assets resulting in additional or lesser income tax expense. As of June 25, 2010 and June 26, 2009, we assessed all of our deferred tax assets as more likely than not to be realizable and, accordingly, did not have a valuation allowance against our deferred tax assets.

We assess tax positions in a previously filed tax return or a position expected to be taken in a future tax return that is reflected in measuring current or deferred income tax assets and liabilities for interim or annual periods, based on the technical merits of the position. We apply a “more likely than not” basis (i.e., a likelihood greater than 50 percent), in accordance with FASB ASC 740-10, and recognize a tax provision in the financial statements for an uncertain tax position that would not be sustained.

Share-Based Compensation

Effective July 1, 2006, we adopted the fair value recognition provisions of FASB ASC Topic 718, Compensation—Stock Compensation (“FASB ASC 718”). Under the fair value recognition provisions of FASB ASC 718, we applied the prospective transition method and measured share-based compensation expense at fair value on the later of the awards’ grant date or board of directors’ approval date, based on the estimated number of awards that are expected to vest. Awards granted (or modified, repurchased, or cancelled) after the adoption of FASB ASC 718 are accounted for by recognizing the cost of employee services received in exchange for awards of equity instruments, based on the fair value of those awards, in the financial statements. In determining the fair value of awards, we are required to make estimates of the fair value of our ordinary shares, expected dividends to be issued, expected volatility of our shares, expected forfeitures of the awards, risk free interest rates for the expected terms of the awards, expected terms of the awards, and the vesting period of the respective awards.

The determination of our share-based compensation expense under FASB ASC 718 for both current and future periods requires the input of highly subjective assumptions, including estimated forfeitures and the price volatility of the underlying ordinary shares. We estimate forfeitures based on past employee retention rates and our expectations of future retention rates, and we will prospectively revise our forfeiture rates based on actual history. Our share-based compensation expense may change based on changes to our actual forfeitures.

For accounting purposes only, the fair value of each option grant is estimated using the Black-Scholes option pricing model, which takes into account the following factors: (i) the exercise price of the options, (ii) the estimated fair value of the underlying ordinary shares, (iii) the expected life of the options, (iv) the expected volatility of the underlying ordinary shares, (v) the risk-free interest rate during the expected life of the options, and (vi) the expected dividend yield of the underlying ordinary shares. However, these fair values are inherently uncertain and highly subjective.

The exercise price of the options is stated in the option agreements. The expected life of the options involves estimates of the anticipated timing of the exercise of the vested options. The expected volatility is based on the historical volatility of the capital stock of comparable publicly-traded companies. We have applied the U.S. Treasury Bill interest rate with a maturity similar to the expected life of our options as the risk-free interest rate and assumed a dividend yield for periods when we paid dividends.

Prior to June 25, 2010, the date our ordinary shares began trading on the New York Stock Exchange, the fair value of our ordinary shares had been determined by our board of directors at each grant date based on a variety of factors, including market multiple methodologies and appropriate valuation techniques. We determined the fair values of our ordinary shares each quarter to be equal to the mean of our (i) price earnings multiple enterprise value and (ii) revenue multiple enterprise value, divided by the total number of ordinary shares outstanding on a fully diluted basis, rounded down to the nearest one-fourth. In determining the price earnings multiples and the revenue multiples used, we obtained from third parties the price earnings multiples and revenue multiples of a group of comparable companies each quarter. We then calculated our price earnings multiple enterprise value and revenue multiple enterprise value by taking the average price earnings multiple and average revenue multiple

 

40


Table of Contents

of the group and multiplying such averages by our trailing 12-month earnings and revenues, respectively, each quarter. In order to ensure that the calculated fair value per ordinary share amount was reasonable, each period we compared the fair value amount to third-party information available to us and assessed whether the fair value is consistent with our assessment of business performance and value.

Since our initial public offering, we determine the fair value of our ordinary shares based on the closing price of our ordinary shares on the stock option grant date.

Results of Operations

The following table sets forth a summary of our consolidated statements of operations. We believe that period-to-period comparisons of operating results should not be relied upon as indicative of future performance.

 

     Year Ended  
     June 25, 2010     June 26, 2009     June 27, 2008  
     (in thousands)  

Revenues

      

Revenues

   $ 424,548      $ 337,846      $ 345,071   

Revenues, related parties

     81,164        101,895        163,312   

Other

     —          1,358        2,715   
                        

Total revenues

     505,712        441,099        511,098   

Cost of revenues

     (441,370     (383,058     (442,784
                        

Gross profit

     64,342        58,041        68,314   

Selling, general and administrative expenses

     (16,192     (21,960     (21,741

Restructuring charges

     —          (2,389     —     
                        

Operating income

     48,150        33,692        46,573   

Interest income

     327        756        1,364   

Interest expense

     (500     (1,266     (1,547

Foreign exchange (loss) gain, net

     (40     360        (599

Other income

     153        —          —     
                        

Income before income taxes

     48,090        33,542        45,791   

Income tax

     (3,767     (2,238     (3,962
                        

Net income

   $ 44,323      $ 31,304      $ 41,829   
                        

 

41


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth a summary of our consolidated statements of operations as a percentage of total revenues for the periods indicated.

 

     Year Ended  
     June 25, 2010     June 26, 2009     June 27, 2008  

Revenues

      

Revenues

   84.0      76.6   67.5

Revenues, related parties

   16.0      23.1      32.0   

Other

   —        0.3      0.5   
                  

Total revenues

   100.0      100.0      100.0   

Cost of revenues

   (87.3   (86.8   (86.6
                  

Gross profit

   12.7      13.2      13.4   

Selling, general and administrative expenses

   (3.2   (5.0   (4.3

Restructuring charges

   —        (0.6   —     
                  

Operating income

   9.5      7.6      9.1   

Interest income

   0.1      0.2      0.3   

Interest expense

   (0.1   (0.3   (0.3

Foreign exchange (loss) gain, net

   (0.1   0.1      (0.1

Other income

   0.1      —        —     
                  

Income before income taxes

   9.5      7.6      9.0   

Income tax

   (0.7   (0.5   (0.8
                  

Net income

   8.8   7.1   8.2
                  

The following table sets forth our revenues by end market for the periods indicated.

 

     Year Ended
     June 25, 2010    June 26, 2009    June 27, 2008
     (in thousands)

Optical communications

   $ 413,385    $ 406,322    $ 493,299

Lasers, sensors, and other

     92,327      34,777      17,799
                    

Total

   $ 505,712    $ 441,099    $ 511,098
                    

We operate and internally manage a single operating segment. As such, discrete information with respect to separate product lines and segments are not accumulated.

Comparison of Year Ended June 25, 2010 to Year Ended June 26, 2009

Total revenues. Our total revenues increased by $64.6 million, or 14.6%, to $505.7 million for fiscal 2010, as compared to $441.1 million for fiscal 2009. This increase was the result of $7.1 million increase in our revenues from optical communications products caused by a recovery in demand for optical communications products following the recent global economic slowdown and $57.5 million increase in our revenues from non-optical communications products, primarily reflecting the growth of our programs for industrial laser and automotive customers. Revenues from optical communications products represented 81.7% of our total revenues for fiscal 2010, as compared to 92.1% for fiscal 2009. All income from production wind-down and transfer agreements had been recognized by the end of the six months ended December 26, 2008, and, as a result, income from production wind-down and transfer agreements decreased from $1.4 million for fiscal 2009 to zero for fiscal 2010. As of August 29, 2008, Finisar was no longer classified as a related party. For fiscal 2010, revenue from the sale of products to Finisar was no longer recorded as revenues, related parties, due to a change in the composition of Finisar’s board of directors.

 

42


Table of Contents

Cost of revenues. Our cost of revenues increased by $58.3 million, or 15.2%, to $441.4 million, or 87.3% of total revenues, for fiscal 2010, as compared to $383.1 million, or 86.8% of total revenues, for fiscal 2009. The increase in absolute dollars was primarily due to higher volumes of inventory utilized in our productions in fiscal 2010. Additionally, cost of revenues for fiscal 2009 was reduced by $3.5 million primarily as a result of the recovery of the costs of obsolete inventory from customers and the reversal of certain long outstanding payables. For fiscal 2010, cost of revenues also included $5.0 million of obsolete inventory costs recovered from a customer and the reversal of certain long outstanding payables with expiring statute of limitations. Cost of revenues also included share-based compensation expense of $0.3 million for fiscal 2010, as compared to $0.4 million for fiscal 2009.

Gross profit. Our gross profit increased by $6.3 million, or 10.9%, to $64.3 million, or 12.7% of total revenues, for fiscal 2010, as compared to $58.0 million, or 13.2% of total revenues, for fiscal 2009.

SG&A expenses. Our SG&A expenses decreased by $5.8 million, or 26.3%, to $16.2 million, or 3.2% of total revenues, for fiscal 2010, as compared to $22.0 million, or 5.0% of total revenues, for fiscal 2009. Our SG&A expenses decreased in absolute dollars during fiscal 2010 as compared to fiscal 2009 due primarily to the recognition, during fiscal 2009, of accrued legal, accounting, printing and consulting expenses of $4.0 million incurred in connection with our prior efforts to sell our ordinary shares in an initial public offering during calendar years 2007 and 2008. Our SG&A expenses also decreased in absolute dollars during fiscal 2010, as compared to fiscal 2009, by $1.4 million due to the termination of Executive Bonus Plan in March 2009. We also recorded stock-based compensation charges of $0.4 million for fiscal 2010, as compared to $0.4 million for fiscal 2009.

Operating income. Our operating income increased by $14.5 million to $48.2 million, or 9.5% of total revenues, for fiscal 2010, as compared to $33.7 million, or 7.6% of total revenues, for fiscal 2009.

Interest income. Our interest income decreased by $0.4 million to $0.3 million, for fiscal 2010, as compared to $0.7 million for fiscal 2009. The decrease was due to decreases in interest rates.

Interest expense. Our interest expense decreased by $0.8 million to $0.5 million for fiscal 2010, as compared to $1.3 million for fiscal 2009. The decrease was due to decreases in our long-term loan interest rates and the repayment of $7.9 million of our long-term loans.

Income before income taxes. We recorded income before income tax expenses of $48.1 million for fiscal 2010, as compared to $33.5 million for fiscal 2009.

Provision for income tax. Our provision for income tax reflects an effective tax rate of 7.8% for fiscal 2010, as compared to an effective tax rate of 6.7% for fiscal 2009. The increase in effective tax rate in fiscal 2010 as compared to fiscal 2009 was due to the increase in our income before tax in Thailand and China.

Net income. Our net income increased to $44.3 million, or 8.8% of total revenues, for fiscal 2010, as compared to $31.3 million, or 7.1% of total revenues, for fiscal 2009, an increase of $13.0 million, or 41.6%. No income from production wind-down and transfer agreements was included in net income for fiscal 2010, as compared to $1.4 million of income from production wind-down and transfer agreements, or 0.3% of total revenues, included in net income for fiscal 2009. Net income for fiscal 2009 included $4.0 million incurred in connection with our prior efforts to sell our ordinary shares in an initial public offering during calendar years 2007 and 2008.

Comparison of Year Ended June 26, 2009 to Year Ended June 27, 2008

Total revenues. Our total revenues decreased by $70.0 million, or 13.7%, to $441.1 million for fiscal 2009, as compared to $511.1 million for fiscal 2008. This decrease was the result of $87.0 million decline in our revenues from optical communications products caused by reduced demand for optical communications products

 

43


Table of Contents

due to the recent global economic slowdown and our customers’ corresponding reduction of their inventory levels, partially offset by the increase of $17.0 million in our non-optical communications businesses. Our revenues from non-optical communications products increased by 95.4%, as we commenced volume shipments to our industrial lasers customers. Revenues from optical communications products represented 92.1% of our total revenues for fiscal 2009, as compared to 96.5% for fiscal 2008. Income from production wind-down and transfer agreements decreased from $2.7 million for fiscal 2008 to $1.4 million for fiscal 2009. These decreases were partially offset by an increase of $15.5 million from the sale of new products to existing customers, particularly in the industrial lasers and sensors markets.

Cost of revenues. Our cost of revenues decreased by $59.7 million, or 13.5%, to $383.1 million, or 86.8% of total revenues, for fiscal 2009, as compared to $442.8 million, or 86.6% of total revenues, for fiscal 2008. The decrease in absolute dollars was primarily due to a decrease in revenues. Additionally, cost of revenues for fiscal 2009 was reduced by $3.5 million primarily as a result of the recovery of the costs of obsolete inventory from customers and the reversal of certain long outstanding payables. The decreases were partially offset by a $0.7 million increase in depreciation cost attributable to our Pinehurst Building 5, which was put into operation in May 2008. Cost of revenues also included share-based compensation expense of $0.4 million for fiscal 2009, as compared to $0.6 million for fiscal 2008.

Gross profit. Our gross profit decreased by $10.3 million, or 15.0%, to $58.0 million, or 13.2% of total revenues, for fiscal 2009, as compared to $68.3 million, or 13.4% of total revenues, for fiscal 2008.

SG&A expenses. Our SG&A expenses increased by $0.3 million, or 1.4%, to $22.0 million, or 5.0% of total revenues, for fiscal 2009, as compared to $21.7 million, or 4.3% of total revenues, for fiscal 2008. Our SG&A expenses increased as a percentage of revenues primarily due to the reduction in total revenues and declines in demand from our customers as a result of the recent global economic slowdown. The increased SG&A expenses in absolute dollars were primarily due to the recognition of accrued legal, accounting, printing and consulting expenses of $4.0 million incurred in connection with our prior efforts to sell our ordinary shares in a proposed initial public offering during calendar years 2007 and 2008, partially offset by a reduction of $0.4 million in employment costs resulting from general attrition and our restructuring activities in March 2009 undertaken in response to the recent global economic slowdown and a decrease in stock-based compensation charges of $0.2 million.

Operating income. Our operating income decreased by $12.9 million to $33.7 million, or 7.6% of total revenues, for fiscal 2009, as compared to $46.6 million, or 9.1% of total revenues, for fiscal 2008.

Interest income. Our interest income decreased by $0.6 million to $0.8 million, or 0.2% of total revenues, for fiscal 2009, as compared to $1.4 million, or 0.3% of total revenues, for fiscal 2008. The decrease was due to decreases in interest rates, partially offset by increased cash and cash equivalents on our balance sheet during fiscal 2009, as compared to fiscal 2008.

Interest expense. Our interest expense decreased by $0.2 million, or 18.2%, to $1.3 million for fiscal 2009, as compared to $1.5 million for fiscal 2008. The decrease was due to decreases in our long-term loan interest rate obligations and the repayment of $6.3 million of our long-term loans.

Income before income taxes. We recorded income before income tax expenses of $33.5 million for fiscal 2009, as compared to $45.8 million for fiscal 2008.

Provision for income tax. Our provision for income tax reflects an effective tax rate of 6.7% for fiscal 2009, as compared to an effective tax rate of 8.7% for fiscal 2008.

Net income. Our net income decreased to $31.3 million, or 7.1% of total revenues, for fiscal 2009, as compared to $41.8 million, or 8.2% of total revenues, for fiscal 2008, a decrease of 25.2%. Net income included income from production wind-down and transfer agreements of $1.4 million, or 0.3% of total revenues, for fiscal

 

44


Table of Contents

2009, as compared to $2.7 million, or 0.5% of total revenues, for fiscal 2008. Net income for fiscal 2009 included $4.0 million incurred in connection with our prior efforts to sell our ordinary shares in an initial public offering during calendar years 2007 and 2008 and $2.4 million incurred in connection with the restructuring activities we undertook in March 2009.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

To date, we have primarily financed our operations through the sale of ordinary shares to investors in March 2000, cash flow from operations and commercial loans. As of June 25, 2010, we had approximately $84.9 million in cash and cash equivalents and approximately $20.4 million of outstanding debt. As of June 26, 2009, we had approximately $114.8 million in cash and cash equivalents and approximately $27.3 million of outstanding debt. The decline in our cash and cash equivalents was primarily due to a dividend payment of $30.8 million to our shareholders in fiscal 2010.

Our cash and cash equivalents primarily consist of cash on hand, demand deposits and liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less which are placed with banks and other financial institutions. For fiscal 2010, the weighted average interest rate on our cash and cash equivalents was 0.4%.

We believe that our current cash and cash equivalents, short-term investments and cash flow from operations will be sufficient to meet our anticipated cash needs, including for working capital and capital expenditures, for at least the next 12 months. Our cash flows from operations have generally been sufficient to internally fund our working capital requirements in recent years. Additionally, we have access to short-term credit facilities of approximately $50 million to support any unanticipated liquidity requirements. Historically, our internally generated working capital and short-term credit facilities have been adequate to support our liquidity requirements.

We completed the construction of Pinehurst Building 5 in Thailand in May 2008. With the addition of Building 5, we believe that we will have sufficient manufacturing capacity in place for the next 18 months. We have three long-term loans that will come due within the next 15 months and anticipate that our internally generated working capital will be adequate to repay these obligations.

The following table shows our net cash provided by operating activities, net cash used in investing activities and net cash used in financing activities for the periods indicated:

 

     Year Ended  
     June 25, 2010     June 26, 2009     June 27, 2008  
     (in thousands)  

Net cash provided by operating activities

   $ 17,846      $ 80,357      $ 51,891   

Net cash used in investing activities

     (10,718     (7,187     (29,815

Net cash used in financing activities

     (37,298     (13,836     (8,223

Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents

     (30,170     59,334        13,853   

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period

     114,845        55,682        40,873   

Cash and cash equivalents, end of period

     84,942        114,845        55,682   

Operating Activities

Net cash provided by operating activities decreased by $62.6 million, or 77.8%, to $17.8 million for fiscal 2010, as compared to $80.4 million for fiscal 2009. Cash provided by operating activities for fiscal 2010 primarily consisted of net income adjusted for depreciation, amortization and non-cash related items. The decrease in net cash from operations for fiscal 2010 was primarily due to an increase in accounts receivable and inventories, partially offset by an increase in accounts payable to address increasing customer demand.

 

45


Table of Contents

Net cash provided by operating activities was $80.4 million for fiscal 2009, as compared to $51.9 million for fiscal 2008. The increase in net cash provided by operating activities in fiscal 2009 was primarily due to reductions in our accounts receivable and inventory outstanding resulting from reduced customer demand. These increases were partially offset by reductions in accounts payable.

Investing Activities

Net cash used in investing activities increased by $3.5 million to $10.7 million for fiscal 2010, as compared to $7.2 million for fiscal 2009. This increase in net cash used in investing activities was primarily related to capital expenditures for capital equipment and facilities, which included $2.2 million deposited toward the purchase of the land for Building 6.

Net cash used in investing activities was $7.2 million for fiscal 2009, as compared to $29.8 million for fiscal 2008. Our net cash used in investing activities for fiscal 2009 was primarily attributable to $2.3 million in capital expenditures related to equipment and $2.4 million in construction costs for Pinehurst Building 5. Our net cash used in investing activities for fiscal 2008 was primarily attributable to $8.4 million in capital expenditures related to equipment and $20.8 million in construction costs for Pinehurst Building 5.

Financing Activities

Net cash used in financing activities increased by $23.5 million to $37.3 million for fiscal 2010, as compared to $13.8 million for fiscal 2009. This increase in net cash used in financing activities was primarily due to a dividend payment of $30.8 million to shareholders in fiscal 2010, as compared to a dividend payment of $10.1 million to shareholders in fiscal 2009.

Net cash used in financing activities was $13.8 million for fiscal 2009, as compared to $8.2 million for fiscal 2008. Our net cash used in financing activities for fiscal 2009 was primarily the result of a dividend payment of $10.1 million and repayments of long-term debt and installment payments for production wind-down and transfer agreements and acquisitions, offset in part by borrowings under our long-term bank loans. Our net cash used in financing activities for fiscal 2008 was primarily the result of repayment of short-term loans of $22.0 million and repayments of long-term debt and installment payments for production wind-down and transfer agreements and acquisitions, offset by borrowings under our long-term bank loans of $20.0 million.

Contractual Obligations

The following table sets forth certain of our contractual obligations as of June 25, 2010:

 

     Payments Due by Period
     Total    Less than
1 year
   1-3 years    3-5 years    More than
5 years
     (in thousands)

Long-term debt obligations

   $ 20,385    $ 6,008    $ 7,966    $ 6,411    $ —  

Interest expense obligation(1)

     957      381      444      132      —  

Operating lease obligations

     6,196      1,745      3,466      985      —  

Severance liabilities

     3,456      108      175      226      2,947

Provision for uncertain income tax position

     2,261      760      1,501      —        —  

Land purchase obligation

     5,172      5,172      —        —        —  
                                  

Total

   $ 38,427    $ 14,174    $ 13,552    $ 7,754    $ 2,947
                                  

 

(1) Interest expense obligation reflects the variable interest rates on long-term debt obligations using interest rates as of June 25, 2010. The interest rates ranged between 1.9% and 2.2%. For further discussion of long-term debt obligations, see Note 11 of our audited consolidated financial statements.

 

46


Table of Contents

In June 2010, we entered into an agreement to purchase land in Thailand for the purpose of constructing a new facility that will be known as Building 6, and we paid approximately $2.2 million as a deposit. In August 2010, we paid the balance of approximately $5.2 million and title was transferred to us. The total cost to construct the facility is expected to be approximately $29.7 million. We expect to complete construction of Building 6 by the first quarter of calendar year 2012.

As of June 25, 2010, our long-term debt obligations consisted of three loan agreements and our aggregate outstanding borrowings under these agreements were approximately $20.4 million. All of the loans are secured by certain property, plant and equipment and prescribe maximum ratios of debt to equity, and minimum levels of debt service coverage ratios (i.e., earnings before interest and depreciation and amortization plus cash on hand minus short-term debt). These financial ratio covenants could restrict our ability to incur additional indebtedness and limit our ability to use our cash. Our long-term debt obligations also include customary events of default.

As of June 25, 2010, we were in compliance with our long-term loan agreements. Nonetheless, in the event of a default on these loans or a breach of a financial ratio covenant, the lenders may immediately cancel the loan agreements, deem the full amount of the outstanding indebtedness immediately due and payable, charge us interest on a monthly basis on the full amount of the outstanding indebtedness and, if we cannot repay all of our outstanding obligations, sell the assets pledged as collateral for the loans in order to fulfill our obligations to the lenders. We may also be held responsible for any damages and related expenses incurred by the lender as a result of any default.

We have entered into short-term lending arrangements that are unused but available as needed. As of June 25, 2010, unused borrowing capacity available under short-term banking facilities totaled $50.1 million.

As of June 25, 2010, we also had certain operating lease arrangements where the lease payments are calculated based on specified formulas. Our rental expenses under these leases were $1.8 million, $1.7 million and $1.7 million for fiscal 2010, fiscal 2009 and fiscal 2008, respectively.

Capital Expenditures

The following table sets forth our capital expenditures, which include amounts for which payments have been accrued, for the periods indicated.

 

     Year Ended
     June 25, 2010    June 26, 2009    June 27, 2008
     (in thousands)

Capital expenditures

   $ 11,889    $ 4,871    $ 29,115

Our capital expenditures for fiscal 2008 principally consisted of costs associated with the construction of Pinehurst Building 5 in Thailand, which was completed in May 2008. Our capital expenditures for fiscal 2009 principally consisted of investments in equipment in our manufacturing facilities. Our capital expenditures for fiscal 2010 principally consisted of investments in capital equipment, software and hardware and facilities, which included a $2.2 million deposit toward the purchase of land for Building 6. During fiscal 2011, we expect to purchase additional equipment for our manufacturing facilities, including in anticipation of our construction of Building 6. In addition to capital expenditures, we have certain future cash needs for our planned increases in sales, marketing, promotional and workforce expenses.

Off-Balance Sheet Commitments and Arrangements

We have not entered into any financial guarantees or other commitments to guarantee the payment obligations of any third parties. In addition, we have not entered into any derivative contracts that are not reflected in our consolidated financial statements. Furthermore, we do not have any retained or contingent

 

47


Table of Contents

interest in assets transferred to an unconsolidated entity that serves as credit, liquidity or market risk support to such entity. We also do not have any variable interest in any unconsolidated entity that provides financing, liquidity, market risk or credit support to us or engages in leasing, hedging or research and development services with us.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

See Note 2.2 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for recent accounting pronouncements that could have an effect on us.

 

ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK.

Interest Rate Risk

We had cash and cash equivalents totaling $84.9 million, $114.8 million and $55.7 million as of June 25, 2010, June 26, 2009 and June 27, 2008, respectively. Our exposure to interest rate risk primarily relates to the interest income generated by excess cash invested in highly liquid investments with maturities of three months or less from the original dates of purchase. The cash and cash equivalents are held for working capital purposes. We have not used derivative financial instruments in our investment portfolio. We have not been exposed nor do we anticipate being exposed to material risks due to changes in market interest rates. Declines in interest rates, however, will reduce future investment income. If overall interest rates had declined by 10 basis points during fiscal 2010 and fiscal 2009, our interest income would have decreased by approximately $70,000 and $60,000, respectively, assuming consistent investment levels.

Interest rate risk also refers to our exposure to movements in interest rates associated with our interest bearing liabilities. The interest bearing liabilities are denominated in U.S. dollars and the interest expense is based on the Singapore Inter-Bank Offered Rate, or SIBOR, and the London Inter-Bank Offered Rate, or LIBOR, plus an additional margin, depending on the respective lending institutions. If the SIBOR and the LIBOR had increased by 100 basis points during fiscal 2010 and fiscal 2009, our interest expense would have increased by approximately $0.2 million and $0.3 million, respectively, assuming consistent borrowing levels.

Foreign Currency Risk

As a result of our foreign operations, we have significant expenses, assets and liabilities that are denominated in foreign currencies. Substantially all of our employees and most of our facilities are located in Thailand and the PRC. Therefore, a substantial portion of our payroll as well as certain other operating expenses are paid in Thai baht or RMB. The significant majority of our revenues are denominated in U.S. dollars because our customer contracts generally provide that our customers will pay us in U.S. dollars.

As a consequence, our gross profit margins, operating results, profitability and cash flows are adversely impacted when the dollar depreciates relative to the Thai baht or the RMB. We have a particularly significant currency rate exposure to changes in the exchange rate between the Thai baht and the U.S. dollar. We must translate foreign currency-denominated results of operations, assets and liabilities for our foreign subsidiaries to U.S. dollars in our consolidated financial statements. Consequently, increases and decreases in the value of the U.S. dollar compared to such foreign currencies will affect our reported results of operations and the value of our assets and liabilities on our consolidated balance sheets, even if our results of operations or the value of those assets and liabilities has not changed in its original currency. These transactions could significantly affect the comparability of our results between financial periods or result in significant changes to the carrying value of our assets, liabilities and shareholders’ equity.

We attempt to hedge against these exchange rate risks by entering into hedging contracts that are typically one to three months in duration, leaving us exposed to longer term changes in exchange rates. We realized foreign currency losses of $40,000 during fiscal 2010 and foreign currency gains of $0.4 million during fiscal

 

48


Table of Contents

2009. As foreign currency exchange rates fluctuate relative to the U.S. dollar, we expect to incur foreign currency translation adjustments and may incur foreign currency exchange losses. For example, a 10% weakening in the U.S. dollar against the Thai baht and the RMB as of June 25, 2010 and June 26, 2009 would have resulted in a decrease in our net dollar position of approximately $0.4 million and an increase in our net dollar position of approximately $0.1 million, respectively. We cannot give any assurance as to the effect that future changes in foreign currency rates will have on our consolidated financial position, operating results or cash flows.

Credit Risk

Credit risk refers to our exposures to financial institutions, suppliers and customers that have in the past and may in the future experience financial difficulty, particularly in light of recent conditions in the credit markets and the global economy. As of June 25, 2010, our cash and cash equivalents were held in financial instruments of a small number of banks and other financial institutions having credit ratings of A minus or above as determined by Fitch Ratings. We generally monitor the financial performance of our suppliers and customers, as well as other factors that may affect their access to capital and liquidity. Presently, we believe that we will not incur material losses due to our exposures to such credit risk.

 

49


Table of Contents
ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA.

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

     Page

Consolidated Financial Statements of Fabrinet

  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

   51

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of June 25, 2010 and June 26, 2009

   52

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Years Ended June 25, 2010, June  26, 2009 and June 27, 2008

   53

Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity for the Years Ended June 25, 2010, June  26, 2009, and June 27, 2008

   54

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended June 25, 2010, June  26, 2009 and June 27, 2008

   55

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for the Years Ended June 25, 2010, June  26, 2009 and June 27, 2008

   56

Supplementary Financial Data

  

Selected Quarterly Financial Data (unaudited) for the Years Ended June 25, 2010 and June  26, 2009

   84

 

50


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Fabrinet

In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and the related consolidated statements of operations, of shareholders’ equity and of cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Fabrinet and its subsidiaries (the “Group”) as of June 25, 2010 and June 26, 2009, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years ended June 25, 2010, June 26, 2009 and June 27, 2008 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Group’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers ABAS Limited

Bangkok, Thailand

September 8, 2010

 

51


Table of Contents

FABRINET

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

 

(in thousands of U.S. dollars, except share data)    June 25, 2010    June 26, 2009

Assets

     

Current assets

     

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 84,942    $ 114,845

Receivable from initial public offering

     26,319      —  

Trade accounts receivable, net

     101,514      51,783

Trade accounts receivable, related parties

     —        12,264

Inventories, net

     98,146      47,841

Deferred income taxes

     696      431

Deposit for land purchase

     2,162      —  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     2,547      1,218
             

Total current assets

     316,326      228,382
             

Non-current assets

     

Property, plant and equipment, net

     57,651      56,034

Intangibles, net

     1,220      1,344

Deferred income taxes

     1,626      1,427

Deposits and other non-current assets

     602      898
             

Total non-current assets

     61,099      59,703
             

Total assets

   $ 377,425    $ 288,085
             

Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity

     

Current liabilities

     

Long-term loans from banks, current portion

   $ 6,008    $ 7,933

Trade accounts payable

     102,977      51,020

Trade accounts payable, related parties

     —        2,557

Income tax payable

     2,521      864

Accrued payroll, profit sharing and related expenses

     3,895      3,868

Accrued expenses

     3,567      2,353

Other payables

     5,935      1,417
             

Total current liabilities

     124,903      70,012
             

Non-current liabilities

     

Long-term loans from banks, non-current portion

     14,377      19,385

Severance liabilities

     3,456      2,697

Other non-current liabilities

     2,526      2,486
             

Total non-current liabilities

     20,359      24,568
             

Total liabilities

     145,262      94,580
             

Commitments and contingencies (Note 17)

     

Shareholders’ equity

     

Preferred shares (5,000,000 shares authorized, $0.01 par value; no shares issued and outstanding as of June 25, 2010 and June 26, 2009, respectively)

     —        —  

Ordinary shares (500,000,000 shares authorized, $0.01 par value; 33,751,730 shares and 30,636,622 shares issued and outstanding as of June 25, 2010 and June 26, 2009, respectively)

     337      306

Additional paid-in capital

     54,786      29,633

Retained earnings

     177,040      163,566
             

Total shareholders’ equity

     232,163      193,505
             

Total Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity

   $ 377,425    $ 288,085
             

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

52


Table of Contents

FABRINET

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

 

     Year Ended  
(in thousands of U.S. dollars)    June 25,
2010
    June 26,
2009
    June 27,
2008
 

Revenues

      

Revenues

   $ 424,548      $ 337,846      $ 345,071   

Revenues, related parties

     81,164        101,895        163,312   

Income from production wind-down and transfer agreements, related party

     —          1,358        2,715   
                        

Total revenues

     505,712        441,099        511,098   

Cost of revenues

     (441,370     (383,058     (442,784
                        

Gross profit

     64,342        58,041        68,314   

Selling, general and administrative expenses

     (16,192     (21,960     (21,741

Restructuring charges

     —          (2,389     —     
                        

Operating income

     48,150        33,692        46,573   

Interest income

     327        756        1,364   

Interest expense

     (500     (1,266     (1,547

Foreign exchange (loss)/gain, net

     (40     360        (599

Other income

     153        —          —     
                        

Income before income taxes

     48,090        33,542        45,791   

Income taxes

     (3,767     (2,238     (3,962
                        

Net income

   $ 44,323      $ 31,304      $ 41,829   
                        

Earnings per share

      

Basic

   $ 1.44      $ 1.03      $ 1.40   

Diluted

   $ 1.41      $ 1.00      $ 1.33   

Weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding

      

(thousands of shares)

      

Basic

     30,854        30,360        29,889   

Diluted

     31,369        31,183        31,349   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

53


Table of Contents

FABRINET

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

   
    Ordinary Share   Additional
Paid-in

Capital
  Warrants     Retained
Earnings
    Total  
(in thousands of U.S. dollars, except share data)   Shares   Amount        

Balances at June 29, 2007

  29,761,539     298     26,473     97        102,487        129,355   

Cumulative effect adjustment of the adoption of FASB ASC 740

  —       —       —       —          (2,000     (2,000

Net income

  —       —       —       —          41,829        41,829   

Share-based compensation expense related to employee share option plan

  —       —       1,144     —          —          1,144   

Shares issued under employee share option plan

  220,258     2     235     —          —          237   

Shares issued upon exercise of warrant

  63,000     —       63     (63     —          —     
                                       

Balances at June 27, 2008

  30,044,797     300     27,915     34        142,316        170,565   

Net income

  —       —       —       —          31,304        31,304   

Share-based compensation expense related to employee share option plan

  —       —       837     —          —          837   

Shares issued under employee share option plan

  557,650     6     847     —          —          853   

Shares issued upon exercise of warrant

  34,175     —       34     (34     —          —     

Dividends to shareholders

  —       —       —       —          (10,054     (10,054
                                       

Balances at June 26, 2009

  30,636,622   $ 306   $ 29,633   $ —        $ 163,566      $ 193,505   

Net income

  —       —       —       —          44,323        44,323   

Shares issued pursuant to initial public offering, net of offering costs

  2,830,000     28     24,017     —          —          24,045   

Share-based compensation expense related to employee share option plan

  —       —       655     —          —          655   

Shares issued under employee share option plan

  285,108     3     481     —          —          484   

Dividends to shareholders

  —       —       —       —          (30,849     (30,849
                                       

Balances at June 25, 2010

  33,751,730   $ 337   $ 54,786   $ —        $ 177,040      $ 232,163   
                                       

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

54


Table of Contents

FABRINET

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 

     Year Ended  
(in thousands of U. S. dollars)    June 25,
2010
    June 26,
2009
    June 27,
2008
 

Cash flows from operating activities

      

Net income for the year

   $ 44,323      $ 31,304      $ 41,829   

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities

      

Depreciation and impairment losses

     7,705        8,212        7,212   

Amortization of intangibles

     504        515        412   

Write-off/(gain) on disposal of property, plant and equipment

     3        27        (53

Allowance for doubtful accounts and warranties

     71        (94     (155

Unrealized (gain) loss on exchange rate and fair value of derivative

     (329     (727     27   

Share-based compensation

     655        837        1,144   

Deferred income tax

     (464     626        (89

Amortization of deferred revenues

     —          (1,358     (2,715

Provision for uncertain tax position and severance liabilities, net of payments

     646        57        1,062   

Inventory obsolescence

     (1,113     (431     169   

Write-off security offering costs

     —          4,044        —     

Changes in operating assets and liabilities

      

Trade accounts receivable

     (49,756     14,339        (15,612

Trade accounts receivable, related parties

     12,264        18,171        (4,227

Inventories

     (49,192     21,666        7,194   

Other current assets and non-current assets

     (3,040     1,458        (3,772

Trade accounts payable

     51,957        (3,183     15,398   

Trade accounts payable, related parties

     (2,557     (9,548     3,282   

Other payable, related party

     —          (58     (253

Income tax payable

     1,657        (1,319     308   

Other current liabilities and non-current liabilities

     4,512        (4,181     730   
                        

Net cash provided by operating activities

     17,846        80,357        51,891   
                        

Cash flows from investing activities

      

Purchase of property, plant and equipment

     (8,224     (7,097     (29,047

Deposit for land purchase

     (2,162     —          —     

Purchase of intangibles

     (380     (186     (956

Purchase of assets for lease under direct financing leases

     (3     (17     (28

Proceeds from direct financing leases

     33        71        130   

Proceeds from disposals of property, plant and equipment

     18        42        86   
                        

Net cash used in investing activities

     (10,718     (7,187     (29,815
                        

Cash flows from financing activities

      

Receipts from long-term loans from banks

     1,000        4,000        20,000   

Repayments of long-term loans from banks

     (7,933     (6,257     (3,923

Short-term loans from banks, net

     —          —          (22,000

Installment payments for production wind-down and transfer agreements and acquisitions

     —          (2,355     (2,240

Repayment of capital lease liabilities

     —          (23     (297

Proceeds from issue of ordinary shares under employee share option plan

     484        853        237   

Payment of dividends to shareholders

     (30,849     (10,054     —     
                        

Net cash used in financing activities

     (37,298     (13,836     (8,223
                        

Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents

   $ (30,170   $ 59,334      $ 13,853   
                        

Movement in cash and cash equivalents

      

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

   $ 114,845      $ 55,682      $ 40,873   

(Decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents

     (30,170     59,334        13,853   

Effect of exchange rate on cash and cash equivalents

     267        (171     956   
                        

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

   $ 84,942      $ 114,845      $ 55,682   
                        

Supplemental disclosures

      

Cash paid for

      

Interest

   $ 535      $ 1,249      $ 1,822   

Taxes

     2,584        2,909        3,313   

Cash received for interest

     345        812        1,346   

Noncash financing activity

      

Receivable from initial public offering

     26,319        —          —     

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

55


Table of Contents

FABRINET

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1. Business and organization

General

Fabrinet (“Fabrinet” or the “Company”) was incorporated on August 12, 1999 and commenced operations on January 1, 2000. The Company is an exempted company incorporated with limited liability and is domiciled in the Cayman Islands, British West Indies. Fabrinet and its direct and indirect subsidiaries are referred to as the “Group”.

The Group provides precision optical, electro-mechanical and electronic manufacturing services to original equipment manufacturers (OEMs) of complex products, such as optical communication components, modules and sub-systems, industrial lasers and sensors. The Group offers a broad range of advanced optical capabilities across the entire manufacturing process, including process design and engineering, supply chain management, manufacturing, integration and full product assembly and test. The Group focuses primarily on the production of low-volume, high-mix products.

The Company has the following direct and indirect subsidiaries:

 

  - Fabrinet Co., Ltd., (“Fabrinet Thailand”) incorporated in Thailand on September 27, 1999;

 

  - Fabrinet USA, Inc., incorporated in the U.S. in the State of California on October 12, 1999;

 

  - FBN New Jersey Manufacturing, Inc., incorporated in the U.S. in the State of Delaware on May 11, 2005;

 

  - Fabrinet China Holdings, incorporated in Mauritius, and CASIX Inc., incorporated in the People’s Republic of China, which were both acquired on May 29, 2005; and

 

  - Fabrinet Pte., Ltd., incorporated in Singapore on November 14, 2007.

Asia Pacific Growth Fund III, L.P. held 46.1%, 57.3% and 57.6% of the Company’s share capital (fully diluted) as of June 25, 2010, June 26, 2009 and June 27, 2008, respectively.

Initial public offering

On June 24, 2010, the Company’s registration statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-163258) relating to the initial public offering of its ordinary shares was declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”). An aggregate of 9,775,000 ordinary shares (including 1,275,000 ordinary shares subject to the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares) were registered under the registration statement, of which the Company sold 2,830,000 shares and the selling shareholders identified in the registration statement sold 6,945,000 shares, at an initial public offering price of $10.00 per share. The Company’s ordinary shares began trading on the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) on June 25, 2010. The $26.3 million proceeds from the initial public offering, net of underwriting discounts and commissions, was recorded as a receivable as of June 25, 2010, as the proceeds were received on June 30, 2010, the initial closing date of the offering. The selling shareholders sold 5,670,000 ordinary shares in the initial offering and 1,275,000 ordinary shares on July 6, 2010 pursuant to the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares.

2. Accounting policies

2.1 Summary of significant accounting policies

Principles of consolidation

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“U.S. GAAP”) and include the Company and its direct and indirect subsidiaries listed in Note 1. All inter-company accounts and transactions have been eliminated.

 

56


Table of Contents

FABRINET

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Fiscal years

The Company utilizes a 52-53 week fiscal year ending on the Friday closest to June 30. Historically, for comparative presentation purposes, the Company utilized a dating convention where its consolidated financial statements and notes were shown as ending on June 30. Beginning the first quarter of fiscal year 2009, the Company changed its dating convention to utilize the actual closing dates for all periods presented in its consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. This change had no impact on the Company’s financial position, results of operations, and cash flows for any of the periods presented.

Use of estimates

The preparation of the Group’s consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and the reported amount of total revenues and expense during the year. The Group bases estimates on historical experience and various assumptions about the future that are believed to be reasonable based on available information. The Group’s reported financial position or results of operations may be materially different under different conditions or when using different estimates and assumptions, particularly with respect to significant accounting policies, which are discussed below. Significant assumptions are used in accounting for business combinations, share-based compensation, allowance for doubtful accounts, income taxes and inventory obsolescence, among others. Due to the inherent uncertainty involved in making estimates, actual results reported in future periods may be different from these estimates. In the event that estimates or assumptions prove to differ from actual results, adjustments are made in subsequent periods to reflect more current information.

Fair value of financial instruments

The carrying amounts of certain financial instruments, which include cash and cash equivalents, trade accounts receivable, trade accounts payable, and borrowings approximate their fair values due to their short maturities. The particular recognition methods adopted are disclosed in the individual policy statements associated with each item.

Cash and cash equivalents

All highly liquid investments with maturities of three months or less from original dates of purchase are carried at fair market value and considered to be cash equivalents. Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash deposited in checking accounts, time deposits with maturities of less than 3 months and money market accounts.

Accounts receivable

Accounts receivable are carried at anticipated realizable value. The Group assesses the collectability of its accounts receivable based on specific customer circumstances, current economic trends, historical experience with collection and the age of past due receivables and provides an allowance for doubtful receivables based on a review of all outstanding amounts at the period end. Bad debts are written off when identified.

Unanticipated changes in the liquidity or financial position of the Group’s customers may require revision to the allowances for doubtful accounts.

Concentration of credit risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Group to concentrations of credit risk consist of cash and cash equivalents and accounts receivable.

 

57


Table of Contents

FABRINET

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

As of June 25, 2010, the Group’s cash and cash equivalents were held in financial instruments of banks with credit ratings of A minus or above as determined by Fitch Ratings.

Accounts receivable include amounts due from companies which are monitored by the Group for credit worthiness. Given the Group’s concentration of credit risk, management closely monitors near term cash collection and credit exposures. As of June 25, 2010, the Group identified receivables of approximately $13,648 and inventory of approximately $10,327 relating to a significant customer representing approximately 10% of total revenues for the fiscal year ended June 25, 2010 that may be adversely affected. Management continues to monitor the Group’s exposures in collaboration with the customer and believes no material losses will be incurred. Accordingly, no allowance for doubtful accounts or inventory write-off related to this customer has been recorded. The loss of this or any other significant customer may have a significant adverse effect on the financial results.

Accounts receivable from individual customers that were equal to or greater than 10% of accounts receivable as of June 25, 2010 and June 26, 2009 were as follows:

 

     June 25,
2010
    June 26,
2009
 

Oclaro, Inc.#

   16   22

JDS Uniphase Corporation

   16      19   

EMCORE Corporation

   13      14   

Opnext, Inc.

   12      13   

Finisar Corporation

   10      13   

 

#

Pursuant to the merger of Avanex Corporation and Bookham, Inc. (both customers of the Company) on April 27, 2009, Bookham, Inc. changed its name to Oclaro, Inc. These figures represent the combined receivables of Bookham, Inc. and Avanex Corporation.

Inventories

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market value. Cost is determined by the standard costing method which approximates actual cost computed on a first-in, first-out basis not in excess of net realizable market value. Market value is the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business, less the costs of completion and selling expenses. The Group assesses the valuation on a quarterly basis and writes down the value for estimated excess and obsolete inventory based upon estimates of future demand.

Operating leases

Payments made under operating leases are charged on a straight-line basis over the lease term.

 

58


Table of Contents

FABRINET

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Property, plant and equipment

Land is stated at historical cost. Other property, plant and equipment, except for machinery under installation, are stated at historical cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is calculated on the straight-line method to write off the cost of each asset to its residual value over its estimated useful life as follows:

 

Building and building improvements

   10 - 30 years

Leasehold improvements

   Lower of useful life or lease period

Manufacturing equipment

   3 - 5 years

Office equipment

   5 years

Motor vehicles

   5 years

Computer hardware

   3 - 5 years

Machinery under installation is stated at historic cost; depreciation begins after it is fully installed and is used in the operations of the Group.

Gains and losses on disposal are determined by comparing proceeds with carrying amounts and are included in the consolidated statements of operations.

Impairment or disposal of long-lived assets (plant and equipment and other intangible assets)

The Group tests long-lived assets or asset groups for recoverability when events or changes in circumstances indicate that their carrying amount may not be recoverable. Circumstances which could trigger a review include, but are not limited to:

 

   

Significant decreases in the market price of the asset;

 

   

Significant adverse changes in the business climate or legal factors;

 

   

Accumulation of costs significantly in excess of the amount originally expected for the acquisition or construction of the asset;

 

   

Current period cash flow or operating losses combined with a history of losses or a forecast of continuing losses associated with the use of the asset; or

 

   

Current expectation that the asset will more likely than not be sold or disposed of significantly before the end of its estimated useful life.

Recoverability of long-lived assets or asset groups is measured by comparing their carrying amount to the projected undiscounted cash flows that the long-lived assets or asset groups are expected to generate. If such assets are considered to be impaired, the impairment loss recognized, if any, is the amount by which the carrying amount of the property and equipment exceeds its fair value.

Borrowing costs

Borrowing costs are accounted for on an accrual basis and are charged to the consolidated statements of operations in the year incurred, except for interest costs on borrowings to finance certain qualifying assets. Such costs to finance qualifying assets are capitalized during the period of time that is required to complete and prepare the assets for their intended use, as part of the cost of the assets. All other borrowing costs are expensed as incurred.

 

59


Table of Contents

FABRINET

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The capitalization rate used to determine the amount of interest to be capitalized is the weighted average interest rate applicable to the Group’s outstanding borrowings during the year. Where funds are borrowed specifically for the acquisition, construction or production of assets, the amount of borrowing costs eligible for capitalization on the respective assets is determined as the actual borrowing costs are incurred on that borrowing during the respective periods.

Foreign currency transactions and translation

The consolidated financial statements are presented in United States Dollars (“$” or “USD”).

The functional currency of Fabrinet and its subsidiaries is the USD. Transactions in currencies other than the functional currency are translated into the functional currency at the rates of exchange in effect at the date of the transaction. Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are translated into the functional currency at the exchange rate prevailing at the balance sheet date. Transaction gains and losses are included in other income and expense, net, in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

Deferred revenues

Deferred revenues, current and non-current, represent the unrecognized income from the production wind-down and transfer agreements the Group entered into during fiscal 2006 and fiscal 2005. The balances represent the net cash consideration received from the respective agreements that will be recognized on a straight-line basis over the estimated wind-down period and the product life cycle of the products transferred to Thailand under those various agreements, which are estimated to range between 12 to 25 months from the transfer date. Deferred revenues are amortized to income after the expiration of any contingency. The recognition of the deferred revenues is included in income from production wind-down and transfer agreements in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

Revenue recognition

The Group derives total revenues primarily from the assembly of products under supply agreements with its customers, the fabrication of customized optics and glass, and income from production wind-down and transfer agreements. Revenues represent the invoiced value of products, net of trade discounts and allowances, and exclude goods and services tax. The Group recognizes revenues when realized or realizable and earned. The Group considers revenues realized or realizable and earned when there is persuasive evidence of an arrangement, delivery has occurred, the sales price is fixed or determinable, and collectability is reasonably assured. Delivery does not occur until products have been shipped or services have been provided to the customer, risk of loss has transferred to the customer and customer acceptance has been obtained, customer acceptance provisions have lapsed, or the Group has objective evidence that the criteria specified in the customer acceptance provisions have been satisfied. In situations where a formal acceptance is required but the acceptance only relates to whether the product meets its published specifications, revenues are generally recognized upon shipment provided all other revenue recognition criteria are met. The sales price is not considered to be fixed or determinable until all contingencies related to the sale have been resolved. The Group reduces revenues for rebates and other similar allowances. Revenues are recognized only if these estimates can be reasonably and reliably determined. The Group bases its estimates on historical results taking into consideration the type of customer, the type of transaction and the specifics of each arrangement. In addition to the aforementioned general policies, the following are the specific revenue recognition policies for each major category of revenues.

Services

The Group provides services for its customers that range from process design to product manufacturing. The Group recognizes service revenues when the services have been performed. The related costs are expensed as incurred.

 

60


Table of Contents

FABRINET

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Sales of goods

Revenues from sales of goods are generally recognized when the product is shipped to the customer and when there are no unfulfilled Group obligations that affect the customer’s final acceptance of the arrangement. Any cost of warranties and remaining obligations that are inconsequential or perfunctory are accrued when the corresponding revenues are recognized.

Production wind-down and transfer agreements

The Group has entered into production wind-down and transfer agreements, which have included several elements such as: (i) the temporary management or operation of a manufacturing facility or production line that produces optical products, which the parties agreed would be manufactured and produced by the Group on an ongoing basis at the Group’s facilities in Thailand; (ii) winding down the facilities and terminating the employees; (iii) transferring production to the Group’s facilities in Thailand or the customer’s other locations; (iv) the acquisition of inventory, other assets, liabilities or employee termination obligations necessary to temporarily manage and wind down the facility; and (v) reimbursement of operating expenses and losses and service fees. The Group entered into these agreements because the Group believes that providing transfer production services facilitates a more efficient transfer for the Group and eases the requirements of the Group’s customers during the transfers. The Group may also obtain additional technical expertise during the wind-down period which benefits the transfer of production to Thailand. These agreements did not meet the definition of a business because the Group did not have the risk and rewards of ownership during the temporary management and wind-down period as the Group was reimbursed for all operating expenses and losses and the agreements provided for additional compensation for the transfer services provided. Because each production wind-down and transfer agreement was unique, the transactions were accounted for on a case by case basis as multiple element agreements.

The deliverables in the agreements were separated into units of accounting under the guidance of FASB ASC Subtopic 605-25, Revenue Recognition-Multiple Element Arrangements (“FASB ASC 605-25”). If there was objective and reliable evidence of fair value for all units of accounting in an agreement, the agreement consideration was allocated to the separate units of accounting based on each unit’s relative fair value. In cases in which there was objective and reliable evidence of fair value of the undelivered item(s) but no such evidence for the delivered item(s) existed, the residual method was used to allocate the agreement consideration.

If the components of the production wind-down and transfer agreements included services and could not be separated into units of accounting, the income was deferred until the earlier of when the criteria of FASB ASC 605-25 was met or when the last undelivered element was delivered. The income was then recognized after the expiration of any contingency on a straight-line basis over the estimated wind-down period and product life cycle of the products transferred to Thailand.

Each production wind-down and transfer agreement involved the receipt by the Company of cash, assets and liabilities. In exchange, the Company paid cash and provided production wind-down and transfer services at its Thailand facilities. The net consideration from each agreement or, income, was calculated as the aggregate fair value of the cash and assets received, less the aggregate fair value of the cash paid and liabilities received or incurred. The net consideration was deferred and recognized over the estimated service and production period on a straight line basis beginning after the expiration of any contingencies.

The Group entered into three production wind-down and transfer agreements with an existing customer during fiscal 2005 and 2006. The Group recorded income from production wind-down and transfer agreements of $0, $1,358 and $2,715 for the years ended June 25, 2010, June 26, 2009 and June 27, 2008, respectively.

 

61


Table of Contents

FABRINET

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Income taxes

In accordance with FASB ASC Topic 740, Income Taxes (“FASB ASC 740”), the Group uses the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes, whereby deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for future tax consequences attributable to temporary differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to reverse. The effect of a change in tax rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance if, based on the weight of the available evidence, it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.

The Company’s subsidiaries are subject to income tax audits by the respective tax authorities in all of the jurisdictions in which they operate. The determination of tax liabilities in each of these jurisdictions requires the interpretation and application of complex and sometimes uncertain tax laws and regulations. The Group recognizes liabilities based on its estimate of whether, and the extent to which, additional tax liabilities are probable. If the Group ultimately determines that the payment of such a liability is not probable, then it reverses the liability and recognizes a tax benefit during the period in which the determination is made that the liability is no longer probable. The recognition and measurement of current taxes payable or refundable and deferred tax assets and liabilities requires that the Group makes certain estimates and judgments. Changes to these estimates or a change in judgment may have a material impact on the Group’s tax provision in a future period.

On July 13, 2006, the FASB issued FIN 48, codified in FASB ASC 740. FASB ASC 740 clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in an entity’s financial statements and prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attributes for financial statement disclosure of tax positions taken or expected to be taken on a tax return.

Under FASB ASC 740, a company recognizes a tax benefit in the financial statements for an uncertain “tax position” only if management’s assessment is that the position is “more likely than not” (i.e., a likelihood greater than 50 percent) to be allowed by the tax jurisdiction based solely on the technical merits of the position. The term “tax position” in FASB ASC 740 refers to a position in a previously filed tax return or a position expected to be taken in a future tax return that is reflected in measuring current or deferred income tax assets and liabilities for interim or annual periods. The accounting interpretation also provides guidance on measurement methodology, derecognition thresholds, financial statement classification and disclosures, recognition of interest and penalties, and accounting for the cumulative-effect adjustment at the date of adoption.

Employee contribution plan

The Group operates a defined contribution plan, known as a provident fund, in its Thai subsidiary. The assets of this plan are in a separate trustee-administered fund. The provident fund is funded by matching payments from employees and by the subsidiary on a monthly basis. Current contributions to the provident fund are accrued and paid to the fund manager on a monthly basis. The Group’s contributions to the provident fund amounted to $1,448, $1,693 and $1,572 in the years ended June 25, 2010, June 26, 2009 and June 27, 2008, respectively. The Group sponsors the Fabrinet U.S. 401(k) Retirement Plan (the “401(k) Plan”), a Defined Contribution Plan under ERISA, at its Fabrinet USA, Inc. and FBN New Jersey Manufacturing, Inc. subsidiaries, which provides retirement benefits for its eligible employees through tax deferred salary deductions.

Severance liabilities

Under labor protection laws applicable in Thailand and under the Fabrinet Thailand employment policy, all employees of Fabrinet Thailand with more than 120 days of service are entitled to severance pay on forced

 

62


Table of Contents

FABRINET

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

termination or retrenchment or in the event that the employee reaches the retirement age of 55. The entitlement to severance pay is determined according to an employee’s individual employment tenure with the Group and is subject to a maximum benefit of 10-months of salary unless otherwise agreed upon in an employee’s employment contract. The Group accounts for this severance liability on an actuarial basis using the Projected Unit Credit Method, and discount rates were derived within the range of the long-term Thai government and high-quality corporate bond yield. There are no separate plan assets held in respect of this liability.

Annual leave

Employee entitlements to annual leave are recognized when they accrue to the employee. On termination of employment, accrued employee entitlement to annual leave is paid in cash.

Warranty provision

Provisions for estimated expenses relating to product warranties are made at the time the products are sold using historical experience. Generally, this warranty is limited to workmanship and the Group’s liability is capped at the price of the product. The provisions will be adjusted when experience indicates an expected settlement will differ from initial estimates.

Customer returns and warranty cost allowances of $46, $(29) and $(38) were recorded (reversed) to the consolidated statement of operations for the years ended June 25, 2010, June 26, 2009 and June 27, 2008, respectively.

Shipping and handling costs

The Group records costs related to shipping and handling in cost of revenues for all periods presented.

Share-based compensation

Effective July 1, 2006, the Group adopted FASB ASC Topic 718, Compensation-Stock Compensation (“FASB ASC 718”) on a prospective basis.

Net income per ordinary share

Net income per share is calculated in accordance with FASB ASC Subtopic 260-10, Earnings Per Share (“FASB ASC 260-10”), and SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 98, or SAB 98. Under the provisions of FASB ASC 260-10 and SAB 98, basic net income per share is computed by dividing the net income available to ordinary shareholders for the period by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the period. Diluted net income per ordinary share is computed by dividing the net income for the period by the weighted average number of ordinary and potential ordinary shares outstanding during the period if their effect is dilutive.

2.2 New Accounting Pronouncements

In July 2010, the FASB issued the Accounting Standards Update No. 2010-20—Receivables (Topic 310) – Disclosures about the Credit Quality of Financing Receivables and the Allowance for Credit Losses. The amendments in this Update enhance disclosures about the credit quality of financing receivables and the allowance for credit losses. As noted above, existing disclosure guidance is amended to require an entity to provide a greater level of disaggregated information about the credit quality of its financing receivables and its

 

63


Table of Contents

FABRINET

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

allowance for credit losses. In addition, the amendments in this Update require an entity to disclose credit quality indicators, past due information, and modifications of its financing receivables. These improvements will help financial statement users assess an entity’s credit risk exposures and its allowance for credit losses. The disclosures as of the end of a reporting period are effective for interim and annual reporting periods ending on or after December 15, 2010. The disclosures about activity that occurs during a reporting period are effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning on or after December 15, 2010. The Company will adopt this guidance in the second quarter of fiscal 2011 and is currently evaluating the impact, if any, the guidance will have on its consolidated financial statements.

In April 2010, the FASB issued the Accounting Standards Update No. 2010-17—Revenue Recognition—Milestone Method (Topic 605)—Milestone Method of Revenue Recognition (a consensus of the FASB Emerging Issues Task Force). The amendments in this Update provide guidance on the criteria that should be met for determining whether the milestone method of revenue recognition is appropriate. A vendor can recognize consideration that is contingent upon achievement of a milestone in its entirety as revenue in the period in which the milestone is achieved only if the milestone meets all criteria to be considered substantive. A vendor that is affected by the amendments in this Update is required to provide all of the following: (1) a description of the overall arrangement; (2) a description of each milestone and related contingent consideration; (3) a determination of whether each milestone is considered substantive; (4) the factors that the entity considered in determining whether the milestone or milestones are substantive; and (5) the amount of consideration recognized during the period for the milestone or milestones. This guidance is effective on a prospective basis for milestones achieved in fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning on or after June 15, 2010. Early adoption is permitted. The Company will adopt this guidance in the first quarter of fiscal 2011 and is currently evaluating the impact, if any, the guidance will have on its consolidated financial statements.

In April 2010, the FASB issued the Accounting Standards Update No. 2010-13—Compensation—Stock Compensation (Topic 718)—Effect of Denominating the Exercise Price of a Share-Based Payment Award in the Currency of the Market in Which the Underlying Equity Security Trades. The amendments clarify that a share-based payment award with an exercise price denominated in the currency of a market in which a substantial portion of the entity’s equity securities trades should not be considered to contain a condition that is not a market, performance, or service condition. Therefore, such an award should not be classified as a liability if it otherwise qualifies as equity. This guidance is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning on or after December 15, 2010. Earlier application is permitted. The Company will adopt this guidance in the third quarter of fiscal 2011 and is currently evaluating the impact, if any, the guidance will have on its consolidated financial statements.

In March 2010, the FASB issued the Accounting Standards Update No. 2010-11—Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815)—Scope Exception Related to Embedded Credit Derivatives. The FASB issued an update that amends and clarifies the guidance on how entities should evaluate credit derivatives embedded in beneficial interests in securitized financial assets. More financial instruments will now be accounted for at fair value through earnings, including some unfunded securitized instruments, synthetic collateralized debt obligations, and other similar securitization structures. The updated guidance eliminates the scope exception for bifurcation of embedded credit derivatives in interests in securitized financial assets, unless they are created solely by subordination of one financial instrument to another. Little guidance has been provided regarding how interests in securitized financial assets should be bifurcated. This guidance allows entities to elect the fair value option for any beneficial interest in securitized financial assets upon adoption. This guidance is effective for each reporting entity at the beginning of its first fiscal quarter beginning after June 15, 2010. Early adoption is permitted at the beginning of each entity’s first quarter beginning after issuance of this guidance. The Company will adopt this guidance in the first quarter of fiscal 2011 and is currently evaluating the impact, if any, the guidance will have on its consolidated financial statements.

 

64


Table of Contents

FABRINET

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

In December 2009, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2009-17, Consolidations (Topic 810)—Improvements to Financial Reporting by Enterprises Involved with Variable Interest Entities. The amendments in this guidance are the result of FASB Statement No. 167, Amendments to FASB Interpretation No. 46(R), codified in FASB ASC topic 810, Consolidations. This guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2009. The Company will adopt this guidance in fiscal 2011 and is currently evaluating the impact, if any, the guidance will have on its consolidated financial statements.

In December 2009, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2009-16, Transfers and Servicing (Topic 860)—Accounting for Transfers of Financial Assets. The amendments in this guidance are the result of FASB Statement No. 166, Accounting for Transfers of Financial Assets, codified in FASB ASC topic 860, Transfers and Servicing. This guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2009. The Company will adopt this guidance in fiscal 2011 and is currently evaluating the impact, if any, the guidance will have on its consolidated financial statements.

In October 2009, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2009-14, Software (Topic 985)—Certain Revenue Arrangements That Include Software Elements (a consensus of the FASB Emerging Issues Task Force). This guidance amends FASB ASC Subtopic 985-605, Software—Revenue Recognition (“ASC 985-605”), such that tangible products containing both software and non-software components that function together to deliver the tangible product’s essential functionality are no longer within the scope of ASC 985-605. It also amends the determination of how arrangement consideration should be allocated to deliverables in a multiple-deliverable revenue arrangement. This guidance will become effective prospectively for revenue arrangements entered into or materially modified in fiscal years beginning on or after June 15, 2010. Earlier adoption is permitted. The Company will adopt this guidance in fiscal 2011 and is currently evaluating the impact, if any, it will have on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In October 2009, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2009-13, Revenue Recognition (Topic 605)—Multiple-Deliverable Revenue Arrangements (a consensus of the FASB Emerging Issues Task Force), which amends FASB ASC Subtopic 605-25, Revenue Recognition: Multiple-Element Arrangements. This guidance addresses how to determine whether an arrangement involving multiple deliverables contains more than one unit of accounting and how to allocate consideration to each unit of accounting in the arrangement. This guidance replaces all references to fair value as the measurement criteria with the term selling price and establishes a hierarchy for determining the selling price of a deliverable. This guidance also eliminates the use of the residual value method for determining the allocation of arrangement consideration. Additionally, this guidance requires expanded disclosures. This guidance will become effective prospectively for revenue arrangements entered into or materially modified in fiscal years beginning on or after June 15, 2010. Earlier adoption is permitted. The Company will adopt this guidance in fiscal 2011 and is currently evaluating the impact, if any, it will have on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

3. Income taxes

Cayman Islands

The Company is domiciled in the Cayman Islands. Under the current laws of Cayman Islands, the Company is not subject to tax on income or capital gains. The Company has received this undertaking for a twenty year period ending August 24, 2019, and after the expiration date, the Company can make a request for renewal with the office of the Clerk of the Cabinet for another twenty years.

Income of the Company exempted from corporate income tax in the Cayman Islands amounted to $40,738, $24,887 and $30,233 in the years ended June 25, 2010, June 26, 2009 and June 27, 2008, respectively.

 

65


Table of Contents

FABRINET

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Thailand

Fabrinet Co., Ltd., the Company’s wholly-owned direct subsidiary, is where the majority of operations and production takes place, and has the applicable income tax rate of 30%.

People’s Republic of China

CASIX Inc., the Company’s wholly-owned indirect subsidiary, qualifies as a foreign investment production enterprise in the Fuzhou, PRC economic development zone where, through December 31, 2007, the prevailing income tax rate was 24%. However, because CASIX is an export company with an annual export value over 70% of total production value, CASIX qualified for a 50% income tax rate reduction, to 12% annually. For the six months ended December 28, 2007, the applicable income tax rate for CASIX was 12%. The 50% income tax rate reduction resulted in an income tax benefit for CASIX of $510 for the six months ended December 28, 2007.

During fiscal 2007, the PRC adopted the Unified Enterprise Income Tax Law, effective as of January 1, 2008. Pursuant to that law, the statutory enterprise income tax rate was increased to 25%. The Group has measured changes to deferred tax balances assuming the previous tax rate of 12% for the deferred tax balances expected to be utilized before January 1, 2008. Deferred tax balances that will be utilized after January 1, 2008 were calculated using the tax rate of 25%.

The Group’s income tax expense consisted of the following:

 

     Year Ended  
     June 25,
2010
    June 26,
2009
   June 27,
2008
 

Current

   $ 4,304      $ 1,612    $ 4,051   

Deferred

     (537     626      (89
                       

Total income tax expense

   $ 3,767      $ 2,238    $ 3,962   
                       

The reconciliation between the Group’s taxes that would arise by applying the basic tax rate of the country of the Group’s principal operations, Thailand, to the Group’s effective tax charge is shown below:

 

     Year Ended  
     June 25,
2010
    June 26,
2009
    June 27,
2008
 

Income before income taxes

   $ 48,090      $ 33,542      $ 45,791   
                        

Tax calculated at a corporate income tax rate of 30%

     14,427        10,063        13,737   

Effect of income taxes from locations with tax rates different from Thailand

     (189     (182     (823

Income not subject to tax *

     (10,674     (7,466     (9,070

Income tax on unremitted earnings

     107        152        613   

Others

     96        (329     (495
                        

Corporate income tax charge

   $ 3,767      $ 2,238      $ 3,962   
                        

 

* Income not subject to taxes relates to income earned in the Cayman Islands. Income not subject to tax per ordinary share on a diluted basis (in dollars) was $0.34, $0.24 and $0.29 for the years ended June 25, 2010, June 26, 2009 and June 27, 2008 respectively.

 

66


Table of Contents

FABRINET

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

As of June 25, 2010, there was no tax loss carried forward. Details of the carried forward tax losses are as follows:

 

     Year Ended  
     June 25,
2010
   June 26,
2009
   June 27,
2008
 

Brought forward tax losses

   $ —      $ —      $ 420   

Carry forward tax losses utilized in the year

     —        —        (420
                      

Carry forward tax losses

     —        —        —     
                      

The Group’s deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities at each balance sheet date are as follows:

 

     Year Ended
     June 25, 2010    June 26, 2009

Deferred tax assets:

     

Depreciation

   $ 1,346    $ 860

Accrued liabilities

     —        252

Severance liability

     289      64

Reserve and allowance

     813      701

Others

     —        12
             

Total deferred tax assets

   $ 2,448    $ 1,889
             

 

     Year Ended  
     June 25, 2010     June 26, 2009  

Deferred tax liabilities:

    

Deferred cost of service and expense

     (113     (18

Others

     (13     (13
                

Total deferred tax liabilities

   $ (126   $ (31
                

Net deferred tax assets

   $ 2,322      $ 1,858   
                

Current deferred income tax assets and liabilities and non-current deferred income tax assets and liabilities are offset when the income taxes relate to the same tax jurisdiction. The following amounts are shown in the consolidated balance sheets:

 

     Year Ended  
     June 25, 2010     June 26, 2009  

Deferred income tax assets—current

   $ 813      $ 443   

Deferred income tax liabilities—current

     (117     (19
                

Current deferred income tax—net

     696        424   
                

Deferred income tax assets—non current

     1,635        1,446   

Deferred income tax liabilities—non current

     (9     (12
                

Non current deferred income tax—net

     1,626        1,434   
                

Net deferred income tax assets

   $ 2,322      $ 1,858   
                

 

67


Table of Contents

FABRINET

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Income tax liabilities have not been established for withholding tax and other taxes that would be payable on the unremitted earnings of Fabrinet Thailand. Such amounts of Fabrinet Thailand are permanently reinvested; unremitted earnings for Fabrinet Thailand totaled $14,089 and $13,199 as of June 25, 2010 and June 26, 2009, respectively. Deferred tax liabilities of $271 and $267 have been established for withholding tax on the unremitted earnings of CASIX Inc. and were included as part of income tax payable as of June 25, 2010 and June 26, 2009, respectively.

Uncertain income tax positions

Effective July 1, 2007, the Company implemented FASB ASC Topic 740, Income Taxes (“FASB ASC 740”). Interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions are recognized in income tax expense. The Company had approximately $721 and $794 of accrued interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions on the consolidated balance sheets as of June 25, 2010 and June 26, 2009, respectively. The Company (reversed) recorded interest and penalties of ($73), $101 and $213 for the years ended June 25, 2010, June 26, 2009 and June 27, 2008, respectively, through the consolidated statements of operations. With regard to the Thailand jurisdiction, tax years 2005 through 2009 remain open to examination by the local authorities.

The following table indicates the changes to the Company’s unrecognized tax benefits for the years ended June 25, 2010, June 26, 2009 and June 27, 2008 included in other non-current liabilities.

 

     June 25,
2010
    June 26,
2009
    June 27,
2008

Beginning balance

   $ 1,551      $ 1,737      $ 1,520

Additions during the year

     —          —          217

Additions for tax positions of prior years

     450        —          —  

Reductions for tax positions of prior years

     (461     (186     —  
                      

Ending balance

   $ 1,540      $ 1,551      $ 1,737
                      

4. Earnings per ordinary share

Basic earnings per ordinary share are computed by dividing reported net income by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during each period.

Diluted earnings per ordinary share are computed by dividing reported net income by the weighted average number of ordinary shares and dilutive ordinary equivalent shares outstanding during each period. Dilutive ordinary equivalent shares consist of share options and share warrants.

 

     Year Ended
     June 25,
2010
   June 26,
2009
   June 27,
2008

Net income attributable to shareholders

   $ 44,323    $ 31,304    $ 41,829

Weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding (thousands of shares)

     30,854      30,360      29,889
                    

Basic earnings per ordinary share (in dollars)

   $ 1.44    $ 1.03    $ 1.40

 

68


Table of Contents

FABRINET

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Diluted earnings per ordinary share is calculated as follows:

 

     Year Ended
     June 25,
2010
   June 26,
2009
   June 27,
2008

Net income used to determine diluted earnings per ordinary share

   $ 44,323    $ 31,304    $ 41,829

Weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding (thousands of shares)

     30,854      30,360      29,889

Adjustment for incremental shares arising from assumed exercise of share options and share warrants (thousands of shares)

     515      823      1,460
                    

Weighted average number of ordinary shares for diluted earnings per ordinary share (thousands of shares)

     31,369      31,183      31,349
                    

Diluted earnings per ordinary share (in dollars)

   $ 1.41    $ 1.00    $ 1.33

5. Cash and cash equivalents

 

     June 25,
2010
   June 26,
2009

Cash at banks and on hand

   $ 28,900    $ 24,666

Short term bank deposits

     56,042      90,179
             

Total cash and cash equivalents

   $ 84,942    $ 114,845
             

The weighted average effective interest rate on short term bank deposits was 0.42% and 1.31% per annum for the years ended June 25, 2010 and June 26, 2009, respectively.

6. Allowance for doubtful accounts

The activities and balances for allowance for doubtful accounts for the years ended June 25, 2010, June 26, 2009 and June 27, 2008 are as follows:

 

     Balance
at
beginning
   Charged  to
expense

/(credited to
income)
    Balance at
end of
period

Allowance for doubtful accounts

       

Year ended June 25, 2010

   $ 16    $ 25      $ 41

Year ended June 26, 2009

   $ 81    $ (65   $ 16

Year ended June 27, 2008

   $ 198    $ (117   $ 81

7. Inventories

 

     June 25,
2010
    June 26,
2009
 

Raw materials

   $ 44,075      $ 26,922   

Work in progress

     38,458        15,961   

Finished goods

     6,637        5,290   

Goods in transit

     11,163        2,968   
                
     100,333        51,141   

Less: Inventory obsolescence

     (2,187     (3,300
                

Inventories, net

   $ 98,146      $ 47,841   
                

 

69


Table of Contents

FABRINET

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

8. Property, plant and equipment, net

The components of property, plant and equipment, net were as follows:

 

    Land   Building and
building
improvement
    Manufacturing
equipment
    Office
equipment
    Motor
vehicles
    Computers     Machinery
under
installation
  Total  

As of June 26, 2009

               

Cost

  $ 5,738   $ 39,718      $ 39,324      $ 3,986      $ 808      $ 10,116      $ 12   $ 99,702   

Less: Accumulated depreciation

    —       (5,668     (29,287     (1,739     (581     (6,393     —       (43,668
                                                           

Net book value

  $ 5,738   $ 34,050      $ 10,037      $ 2,247      $ 227      $ 3,723      $ 12   $ 56,034   
                                                           

As of June 25, 2010

               

Cost

  $ 5,738   $ 39,880      $ 46,927      $ 4,305      $ 773      $ 10,436      $ 87   $ 108,146   

Less: Accumulated depreciation

    —       (7,584     (32,592     (2,204     (632     (7,483     —       (50,495
                                                           

Net book value

  $ 5,738   $ 32,296      $ 14,335      $ 2,101      $ 141      $ 2,953      $ 87   $ 57,651   
                                                           

Depreciation expense amounted to $7,705, $8,212 and $7,212 for the years ended June 25, 2010, June 26, 2009 and June 27, 2008, respectively. Cost of assets held under capital leases related to vehicles at a cost of $0, $0 and $65, computers at a cost of $0, $0 and $537 and total accumulated amortization under capital leases of $0, $0 and $363 as of June 25, 2010, June 26, 2009 and June 27, 2008, respectively.

Depreciation expense is allocated between cost of revenues and selling, general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations.

The impairment charges are included in selling, general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations.

The cost of fully depreciated property, plant and equipment written-off during the years ended June 25, 2010, June 26, 2009 and June 27, 2008 amounted to $855, $695 and $478, respectively.

9. Intangibles

The following tables present details of the Group’s intangibles:

 

     June 25, 2010
     Gross Carrying
Amount
   Accumulated
Amortization
    Net

Software

   $ 3,433    $ (2,213   $ 1,220
                     

Total intangibles

   $ 3,433    $ (2,213   $ 1,220
                     

 

     June 26, 2009
     Gross Carrying
Amount
   Accumulated
Amortization
    Net

Software

   $ 3,054    $ (1,710   $ 1,344
                     

Total intangibles

   $ 3,054    $ (1,710   $ 1,344
                     

 

70


Table of Contents

FABRINET

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The Group recorded amortization expense relating to intangibles of $504, $515 and $412 for the years ended June 25, 2010, June 26, 2009 and June 27, 2008, respectively.

Based on the carrying amount of intangibles as of June 25, 2010, the estimated future amortization at the end of each fiscal year in June is as follows:

 

2011

   $ 488

2012

     375

2013

     212

2014

     87

2015

     58
      

Total amortization

   $ 1,220
      

10. Borrowings

Bank borrowings and long-term debt was comprised of the following:

 

     June 25, 2010    June 26, 2009

Short-term bank borrowings

   $ —      $ —  

Long-term loans from banks

     20,385      27,318
             

Total borrowings

   $ 20,385    $ 27,318
             

Long-term loan from banks consisted of:

     

Current portion

   $ 6,008    $ 7,933

Non-current portion

     14,377      19,385

As of June 25, 2010 and June 26, 2009, the Group had outstanding borrowings under long-term loan agreements with banks totaling $20,385 and $27,318, respectively, which consisted of:

 

Contract

No.

   Amount   

Interest rate per annum (%)

  

Conditions

  

Repayment term

   June 25,
2010
   June 26,
2009
        
1    $ 17,415    $ 20,083    SIBOR + 1.5% per annum    Repayable commencing from May 2009 in quarterly installments within 8 years    May 2009 - February 2015
2      —        425    LIBOR + 2.25% per annum    Repayable in quarterly installments within 4 years    March 2005 - March 2010
3      1,000      2,000    SIBOR + 1.5% per annum    Repayable in semi-annual installments within 7 years    April 2004 - February 2011
4      1,970      3,310    SIBOR + 1.5% per annum    Repayable in semi-annual installments within 7 years    June 2005 - November 2011
5      —        1,500    LIBOR + 1.5% per annum    Repayable in quarterly installments within 2 years    March 2008 - February 2010
                      
Total    $ 20,385    $ 27,318         
                      

Certain of the long-term loans are secured by certain property, plant and equipment. The carrying amount of assets secured and pledged as collateral was $36,592 and $38,264 as of June 25, 2010 and June 26, 2009,

 

71


Table of Contents

FABRINET

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

respectively. The Group has property, plant and equipment totaling $0 and $2,473 that cannot be pledged with other financial institutions as of June 25, 2010 and June 26, 2009, respectively. The carrying amounts of borrowings approximate their fair value.

Certain of the long-term loans prescribe maximum ratios of debt to equity and minimum levels of debt service coverage ratios.

As of June 25, 2010 and June 26, 2009, the Group was in compliance with its long-term loan agreements.

In addition to financial ratios, certain of the Group’s packing credits and long-term loans include customary events of default. There is no requirement for the Group to maintain a lock-box arrangement under these agreements. As such, the non-current portions of the long-term loans are classified as non-current liabilities in the consolidated balance sheet.

The movements of long-term loans were as follows for the periods ended:

 

     June 25,
2010
    June 26,
2009
 

Opening net book amount

   $ 27,318      $ 29,575   

Additional loans during the year

     1,000        4,000   

Repayment during the year

     (7,933     (6,257
                

Closing net book amount

   $ 20,385      $ 27,318   
                

As of June 25, 2010, future maturities of long-term debt are as follows at the end of each fiscal year in June:

 

2011

   $ 6,008

2012

     4,298

2013

     3,668

2014

     3,668

2015

     2,743
      

Total

   $ 20,385
      

Credit facilities:

Undrawn available credit facilities as of June 25, 2010 and June 26, 2009 totaled:

 

     June 25,
2010
   June 26,
2009

Bank borrowings:

     

Short-term loans

   $ 50,144    $ 49,888

Long-term loans

     —        1,000

11. Severance liabilities

 

     June 25,
2010
   June 26,
2009

At the beginning of the fiscal year

   $ 2,697    $ 2,559

Charged to statement of operations

     759      138
             

At the end of the fiscal year (June)

   $ 3,456    $ 2,697
             

 

72


Table of Contents

FABRINET

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The amount recognized in the balance sheet at fiscal year end is determined as follows:

 

     June 25,
2010
   June 26,
2009

Present value of defined benefit obligation

   $ 3,456    $ 2,697
             

Liability in balance sheet

   $ 3,456    $ 2,697
             

The amount recognized in the statements of operations is as follows:

 

     Year Ended
     June 25,
2010
   June 26,
2009
    June 27,
2008

Current service cost

   $ 557    $ 364      $ 397

Interest cost

     126      156        118

Benefit paid

     —        —          —  

Actuarial (gain)/loss on obligation

     76      (382     91
                     

Total included in staff costs

   $ 759    $ 138      $ 606
                     

The principal actuarial assumptions used were as follows:

 

     Year Ended
     June 25,
2010
   June 26,
2009
   June 27,
2008

Discount rate (percent)

   4.5    4.5    6.4

Future salary increases (percent)

   4.4    4.3    4.7

12. Share-based compensation and warrants

Share-based compensation

Adoption of FASB ASC 718

Effective July 1, 2006, the Group adopted the fair value recognition provisions of FASB ASC Topic 718, Compensation-Stock Compensation (“FASB ASC 718”). Under the fair value recognition provisions of FASB ASC 718, the Group applied the prospective transition method and measured share-based compensation at fair value on the awards’ grant date based on the estimated number of awards that are expected to vest. Awards granted (or modified, repurchased, or cancelled) after the adoption of FASB ASC 718 are accounted for under the provisions of FASB ASC 718. FASB ASC 718 requires companies to recognize the cost of employee service received in exchange for awards of equity instruments, based on the grant date fair value of those awards, in the financial statements. In determining the grant date fair value of those awards, the Group is required to make estimates of the fair value of the Group’s ordinary shares, expected dividends to be issued, expected volatility of the Group’s shares, expected forfeitures of the awards, risk free interest rates for the expected term of the awards, expected terms of the awards, and the vesting period of the respective awards.

 

73


Table of Contents

FABRINET

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The effect of recording share-based compensation expense for fiscal years 2010, 2009 and 2008 was as follows:

 

     Year Ended
     June 25,
2010
   June 26,
2009
   June 27,
2008

Share-based compensation expense by type of award:

        

Employee share options

        

Total share-based compensation expense

   $ 655    $ 837    $ 1,144

Tax effect on share-based compensation expense

     —        —        —  
                    

Net effect on share-based compensation expense

   $ 655    $ 837    $ 1,144
                    

Share-based compensation expense was recorded in the consolidated statements of operations as follows: cost of revenues of $301, $449 and $593 for the years ended June 25, 2010, June 26, 2009 and June 27, 2008, respectively, and SG&A expenses of $354, $388 and $551 for the years ended June 25, 2010, June 26, 2009 and June 27, 2008, respectively. The Group did not capitalize any share-based compensation expense as part of any assets during the years ended June 25, 2010, June 26, 2009 and June 27, 2008.

FASB ASC 718 requires forfeitures to be estimated at the time of grant and revised if necessary in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates.

Share option activity

Share options have been granted to directors and employees. On March 16, 2007, the Company amended and restated its 1999 Share Option Plan (the “1999 Plan”) to increase the number of ordinary shares authorized for issuance under the 1999 Plan by 300,000 ordinary shares, and on August 28, 2008, the Company’s board of directors approved an amendment to the 1999 Plan to increase the number of ordinary shares reserved under the 1999 Plan by 60,000 ordinary shares, such that the aggregate number of shares reserved under the 1999 Plan is 3,502,857 shares. As of June 25, 2010, there were 858,005 share options outstanding under the 1999 Plan, and no more option grants may be made under the 1999 Plan.

On March 12, 2010, the Company’s shareholders adopted the 2010 Performance Incentive Plan (the “2010 Plan”). A total of 1,500,000 ordinary shares are authorized for issuance under the 2010 Plan, plus any shares subject to share options under the 1999 Plan outstanding as of June 24, 2010, the date the registration statement for the Company’s initial public offering was declared effective, that expire, are canceled or terminate after the effective date of such registration statement. As of June 25, 2010, Fabrinet had 1,500,000 ordinary shares available for future option grants to employees and directors under the 2010 Plan, and no options had been granted under the 2010 Plan.

The Company’s board of directors has the authority to determine the type of option and the number of shares subject to the option. Options generally vest and become exercisable over four years and expire, if not exercised, within 7 years of the grant date. In the case of a grantee’s first grant, 25 percent of the underlying shares subject to option vest 12 months after the grant date and 1/48 of the underlying shares vest each of the following 36 months. In the case of any additional grants to a grantee, 1/48 of the underlying shares subject to option vest each month for four years, commencing one month after the grant date. During the years ended June 25, 2010, June 26, 2009 and June 27, 2008, the Group granted options to purchase an aggregate of 168,500, 108,600 and 145,100 ordinary shares, respectively, with an estimated total grant date fair value of $773, $533 and $1,227, respectively, and a weighted average grant date fair value of $4.58, $4.91 and $8.45 per share, respectively.

 

74


Table of Contents

FABRINET

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The weighted average exercise price of options granted during the year ended June 25, 2010 was $5.77 per share. The total fair value of shares vested during the years ended June 25, 2010, June 26, 2009 and June 27, 2008 was $1,264, $1,186 and $2,261, respectively. The total intrinsic value of options exercised during the year ended June 25, 2010, June 26, 2009 and June 27, 2008 was $3,151, $2,632 and $1,690, respectively. In conjunction with these exercises, there was no tax benefit realized by the Company due to the fact that it is exempted from income tax. The amount of cash received from the exercise of share options and similar instrument granted under share-based payment plans was $484 during the year ended June 25, 2010.

As of June 25, 2010, $627 of the estimated share-based compensation expense related to stock options remains to be recorded. That cost is expected to be recorded over an estimated amortization period of 2.60 years.

Determining Fair Value

Valuation Method—The Group estimated the fair value of the ordinary shares to be used in the Black-Scholes-Merton (“BSM”) option-pricing formula by taking into consideration a number of assumptions, including revenues and price to earnings multiples of publicly traded competitors and industry comparables, and applied a reasonable discount factor through June 29, 2007, noting this discount factor was removed during the year ended June 27, 2008 as the Group was progressing in its initial public offering and a discount was no longer deemed appropriate. For fiscal 2010 and fiscal 2009, the Group did not apply a discount to any of its option grants.

Expected Dividend—The Group’s expected dividend rate was zero prior to its first dividend declaration on October 24, 2008 as it did not historically pay cash dividends on its ordinary shares and did not anticipate doing so for the foreseeable future for grants issued prior to October 24, 2008. For grants issued subsequent to October 24, 2008, but before June 26, 2009, the Group used an annualized dividend yield based on the per share dividend declared by the Company’s board of directors. After June 26, 2009, the Group used zero as an annualized dividend yield since it did not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the near future.

Expected Volatility—As the Group did not have a sufficient trading history to use the volatility of its ordinary shares, management based its expected volatility on a comparable industry index as a reasonable measure of expected volatility in accordance with the guidance of FASB ASC 718.

Risk-Free Interest Rate—The Group bases the risk-free interest rate used in the BSM valuation method on the implied yield currently available on U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues with a remaining term equivalent to the expected term of the option.

Expected Term—Expected terms used in the BSM option-pricing formula represent the periods that the Group’s share options are expected to be outstanding and are determined based on the Group’s historical experience of similar awards, giving consideration to the contractual terms of the share options, vesting schedules and expectations of future employee behavior.

Vesting Period—The Group’s share options generally vest and become exercisable over a four-year period, which is generally the requisite service period, and expire 7 years from the date of grant. For an individual’s initial grant, 25 percent of the shares subject to an option vest 12 months after the vesting commencement date and 1/48 of the shares vest each month for the 36 months thereafter. In the case of any additional grants to an individual, 1/48 of the underlying shares subject to an option vest each month for four years, commencing one month after the grant date.

 

75


Table of Contents

FABRINET

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Fair Value—The fair value of the Group’s share options granted to employees for the years ended June 25, 2010, June 26, 2009 and June 27, 2008 was estimated using the following weighted-average assumptions:

 

     June 25,
2010
    June 26,
2009
    June 27,
2008
 

Dividend yield

   —        5.28   —     

Expected volatility

   43.4   77.4   60.5

Risk-free rate of return (percent)

   2.26      2.80      3.51   

Expected term (in years)

   4.55      4.55      4.55   

The following summarizes activities under the 1999 Plan:

 

     Number of shares underlying options     Weighted-average exercise price per
share
     Year Ended     Year Ended
     June 25,
2010
    June 26,
2009
    June 27,
2008
    June 25,
2010
   June 26,
2009
   June 27,
2008

Shares underlying options outstanding at beginning of the year

   1,023,592      1,619,988      1,725,575      $ 2.77    $ 2.20    $ 1.85

Granted

              

- at below fair market value

   168,500      108,600      145,100        5.77      5.57      4.82

Exercised

   (285,108   (557,650   (220,258     1.70      1.53      1.08

Forfeited

   (19,219   (68,954   (22,729     5.32      4.50      3.50

Expired

   (29,760   (78,392   (7,700     2.67      2.06      1.75
                                      

Shares underlying options outstanding at end of the year

   858,005      1,023,592      1,619,988        3.66      2.77      2.20
                                      

Shares underlying options exercisable at end of the year

   593,409      760,897      1,217,581      $ 2.93    $ 2.20    $ 1.76
                                      

The following summarizes information for share options outstanding as of June 25, 2010:

 

Number of shares underlying
options

  

Exercise price

  

Weighted average remaining
contractual life (years)

  35,200

   $1.50    0.58

178,400

     1.75    1.67

  37,725

     2.00    2.23

  31,725

     2.25    2.30

  19,888

     2.75    2.51

  44,500

     3.00    3.49

169,442

     3.50    3.52

    3,600

     4.00    3.91

  24,000

     4.25    4.18

  25,700

     4.75    4.43

  33,325

     5.00    4.64

  15,800

     5.25    4.87

  54,000

     5.50    5.18

176,300

     5.75    6.26

    8,400

     6.25    6.87
       

858,005

     
       

 

76


Table of Contents

FABRINET

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Warrants

In March 2000, the Group granted a contingent warrant to purchase 1,285,714 ordinary shares to a director, employee and founding shareholder in conjunction with the sale of shares to Asia Pacific Growth Fund III, L.P., an affiliate of H&Q Asia Pacific. As of June 26, 2009, the warrant was fully exercised. The contingent warrant vested as shares were sold to third parties or at a rate of one ordinary share subject to the warrant for every four ordinary shares that vested pursuant to options granted under the 1999 Plan. The contingent warrant was granted to the individual in his capacity as a shareholder to protect the founding shareholder from dilution and was not tied to his continued service as a director or employee. The Group accounted for the contingent warrant in accordance with FASB ASC Subtopic 815-40, Derivatives and Hedging-Contracts in Entity’s Own Equity (“FASB ASC 815-40”). The warrant required that it only be settled by the issuance of ordinary shares. Pursuant to the guidance, the contingent warrant was accounted for as issued on the date of grant in March 2000 at fair value and recorded as a dividend in shareholders equity. Subsequent exercises were recorded as a reclassification from warrant to ordinary shares.

There are no outstanding warrants to purchase securities of the Group.

The following summarizes the activities relating to the warrant described above:

 

     Number of shares underlying
options
    Weighted-average exercise
price per share
     Year Ended     Year Ended
     June 25,
2010
   June 26,
2009
    June 27,
2008
    June 25,
2010
   June 26,
2009
   June 27,
2008

Shares underlying warrant at beginning of the year

   —      34,175      97,175      $ —      $ 0.01    $ 0.01

Exercised

   —      (34,175   (63,000     —        0.01      0.01
                                     

Shares underlying warrant at end of the year

   —      —        34,175      $ —      $ —      $ 0.01
                                     

Exercisable shares underlying warrant at end of the year

   —      —        1,171      $ —      $ —      $ 0.01
                                     

13. Shareholders’ equity

Share capital

In February 2010, the Company’s shareholders approved a change in the Company’s authorized share capital to $5,050,000 divided into 500,000,000 ordinary shares, par value of $0.01 per ordinary share, and 5,000,000 preferred shares, par value of $0.01 per preferred share. The Company amended and restated its memorandum and articles of association in March 2010 to reflect this change.

In the year ended June 27, 2008, the Company issued 63,000 ordinary shares upon exercise of the warrant and 220,258 ordinary shares upon exercise of options, resulting in 283,258 ordinary shares being issued for consideration of $0.01 per share for the warrant and a weighted average exercise price of $1.08 per share for the options. All such issued shares are fully paid.

In the year ended June 26, 2009, the Company issued 34,175 ordinary shares upon exercise of the warrant and 557,650 ordinary shares upon exercise of options, resulting in 591,825 ordinary shares being issued for consideration of $0.01 per share for the warrant and a weighted average exercise price of $1.53 per share for the options. All such issued shares are fully paid.

 

77


Table of Contents

FABRINET

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

In the year ended June 25, 2010, the Company issued 285,108 ordinary shares upon exercise of options, resulting in 285,108 ordinary shares being issued for consideration of a weighted average exercise price of $1.70 per share. All such issued shares are fully paid.

14. Dividend payment

At the meeting of the Company’s board of directors held on August 20, 2009, the board declared a cash dividend of $1.00 per share to be paid to all shareholders on the Company’s register as of August 28, 2009. The dividend of approximately $30,849 in the aggregate was paid out on September 1, 2009.

15. Related party transactions and balances

JDS Uniphase Corporation, a customer of Fabrinet, held 1.1%, 6.4% and 6.4% of the Company’s share capital (fully diluted) as of June 25, 2010, June 26, 2009 and June 27, 2008, respectively. A representative from JDS Uniphase Corporation served as a director of Fabrinet until August 2007. JDS Uniphase Corporation participated in the Company’s initial public offering as a selling shareholder and sold 1,606,850 ordinary shares as of June 25, 2010, which reduced its share ownership to 1.1% (fully diluted). Therefore, JDS Uniphase Corporation ceased to be considered a related company as of such date.

Frank H. Levinson, former Chairman of the Board and Chief Technical Officer of Finisar Corporation (“Finisar”) and a member of Finisar’s board of directors until August 29, 2008, is a member of the board of directors of Fabrinet. Finisar purchased products from the Company totaling $12,590 and the Company recorded purchases of $8,272 from Finisar during the two months ended August 29, 2008. Finisar was no longer a related company as of August 29, 2008.

Asia Pacific Growth Fund III, L.P. held 46.1%, 57.3% and 57.6% of the Company’s share capital (fully diluted) as of June 25, 2010, June 26, 2009 and June 27, 2008, respectively. Currently, the Group has no commercial transactions with Asia Pacific Growth Fund III, L.P.

The following transactions were carried out with related parties:

 

     Year Ended
     June 25,
2010
   June 26,
2009
   June 27,
2008

Revenues

        

Sales of goods:

        

JDS Uniphase Corporation

   $ 81,164    $ 89,305    $ 100,067

Finisar Corporation

     —        12,590      63,245
                    
   $ 81,164    $ 101,895    $ 163,312
                    

Cost of revenues

        

Purchases of goods:

        

JDS Uniphase Corporation

   $ 19,289    $ 24,895    $ 37,084

Finisar Corporation

     —        8,272      37,768
                    
   $ 19,289    $ 33,167    $ 74,852
                    

 

78


Table of Contents

FABRINET

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

     June 25,
2010
   June 26,
2009

Trade accounts receivable

     

JDS Uniphase Corporation

   $ —      $ 12,264

Finisar Corporation

     —        —  
             
   $ —      $ 12,264
             

Trade accounts payable

     

JDS Uniphase Corporation

   $ —      $ 2,557

Finisar Corporation

     —        —  
             
   $ —      $ 2,557
             

16. Employee profit sharing and executive bonus plans

Prior to the three months ended March 27, 2009, the Group allocated a certain percentage of adjusted pretax profits to its Employee Profit Sharing Plan on a quarterly basis that was distributed to employees employed for the full quarter, excluding officers. The Group also allocated a certain percentage of adjusted quarterly pretax profits to its Executive Bonus Plan, which was available solely to the Group’s officers. Distributions to corporate officers under the Executive Bonus Plan were subject to the discretion of Fabrinet’s board of directors. The plans were terminated in the three months ended March 27, 2009. Charges to the income statement for distributions to employees and corporate officers under these plans were $0, $2,916 and $5,045 during the years ended June 25, 2010, June 26, 2009 and June 27, 2008, respectively. Payments under the plans were made in the quarter following the quarter in which the bonus was earned.

17. Commitments and contingencies

Bank guarantees

As of June 25, 2010 and June 26, 2009, there were outstanding bank guarantees given by banks on behalf of Fabrinet Thailand for electricity usage and other normal business amounting to $648 and $617, respectively.

Operating lease commitments

The Group leases a portion of its capital equipment and certain land and buildings for its facilities in Thailand, China and New Jersey, under operating lease arrangements that expire in various years through 2014. Rental expense under these operating leases amounted to $1,791, $1,706 and $1,680 for the years ended June 25, 2010, June 26, 2009 and June 27, 2008, respectively.

As of June 25, 2010, the future minimum lease payments due under non-cancelable leases are as follows at the end of each fiscal year in June:

 

2011

   $ 1,745

2012

     1,733

2013

     1,733

2014

     985
      

Total minimum operating lease payments

   $ 6,196
      

 

79


Table of Contents

FABRINET

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Land purchase commitment

In June 2010, Fabrinet Thailand entered into an agreement to purchase land for approximately $7.3 million, of which approximately $2.2 million was paid as a deposit. In August 2010, we paid the balance of approximately $5.2 million and title was transferred to us.

Purchase obligations

Purchase obligations represent legally-binding commitments to purchase inventory and other commitments made in the normal course of business to meet operational requirements. Although open purchase orders are considered enforceable and legally binding, the terms generally give the Group the option to cancel, reschedule and/or adjust its requirements based on its business needs prior to the delivery of goods or performance of services. Obligations to purchase inventory and other commitments are generally expected to be fulfilled within one year.

Indemnification of Directors and Officers

Cayman Islands law does not limit the extent to which a company’s memorandum and articles of association may provide for indemnification of directors and officers, except to the extent any such provision may be held by the Cayman Islands courts to be contrary to public policy, such as to provide indemnification against civil fraud or the consequences of committing a crime. The Company’s amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provide for indemnification of directors and officers for actions, costs, charges, losses, damages and expenses incurred in their capacities as such, except that such indemnification does not extend to any matter in respect of any fraud or dishonesty that may attach to any of them.

On February 9, 2010, shareholders of the Company approved a form of indemnification agreement for directors and officers of the Company. The Company subsequently entered into indemnification agreements with each of its directors and executive officers, pursuant to which, the Company agreed to indemnify its directors and officers against certain liabilities and expenses incurred by such persons in connection with claims by reason of their being such a director or officer. The Company has a director and officer liability insurance policy that may enable it to recover a portion of any future amounts paid under the indemnification agreements.

18. Business segments and geographic information

The Group evaluates its reportable segments in accordance with FASB ASC Subtopic 280-10, Segment Reporting (“FASB ASC 280-10”). Operating segments are defined as components of an enterprise for which separate financial information is available that is evaluated regularly by the chief operating decision maker, or decision making group, in deciding how to allocate resources and in assessing performance. The Group’s chief operating decision maker is Fabrinet’s board of directors. As of June 25, 2010, the Group operated and internally managed a single operating segment. Accordingly, the Group does not accumulate discrete information with respect to separate product lines and does not have separate reportable segments.

The Group operates primarily in three geographic regions: North America, Asia-Pacific and Europe. The following table presents total revenues by geographic regions:

 

     Year Ended
     June 25,
2010
   June 26,
2009
   June 27,
2008

North America

   $ 252,662    $ 271,148    $ 318,321

Asia-Pacific

     197,097      151,350      156,073

Europe

     55,953      18,601      36,704
                    
   $ 505,712    $ 441,099    $ 511,098
                    

 

80


Table of Contents

FABRINET

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Significant customers

Total revenues are attributed to a particular geographic area based on the bill-to location of the customer. The Group has approximately $56 of long-lived assets based in North America, with the substantial remainder of assets based in the Asia region.

Total revenues, by percentage, from individual customers representing 10% or more of total revenues in the respective periods were as follows:

 

     Year Ended  
     June 25,
2010
    June 26,
2009
    June 27,
2008
 

Oclaro, Inc. #

   17   20   22

JDS Uniphase Corporation

   16      20      20   

Opnext, Inc.

   14      11      11   

Finisar Corporation

   12      15      12   

Emcore Corporation

   10      16      *   

 

* Less than 10% of total revenues in the period.
#

Pursuant to the merger of Avanex Corporation and Bookham, Inc. (both customers of the Company) on April 27, 2009, Bookham, Inc. changed its name to Oclaro, Inc. These figures represent the combined revenues of Bookham, Inc. and Avanex Corporation.

The loss of any single significant customer could have a material adverse effect on the Group’s results of operations.

19. Financial instruments

Objectives and significant terms and conditions

The principal financial risks faced by the Group are foreign currency risk, credit risk, liquidity risk and interest rate risk. The Group borrows at floating rates of interest to finance its operations. A minority of sales and purchases and a majority of labor and overhead costs are entered into in foreign currencies. In order to manage the risks arising from fluctuations in currency exchange rates, the Group uses derivative financial instruments. Trading for speculative purposes is prohibited under Company policies.

The Group enters into short-term forward foreign currency contracts to help manage currency exposures associated with certain assets and liabilities. The forward exchange contracts have generally ranged from one to six months in original maturity, and no forward exchange contract has an original maturity greater than one year. All foreign currency exchange contracts are recognized on the balance sheet at fair value. As the Group does not apply hedge accounting to these instruments, the derivatives are recorded at fair value through earnings.

The gains and losses on the Group’s forward contracts generally offset losses and gains on the assets, liabilities and transactions economically hedged, and accordingly, generally do not subject the Group to risk of significant accounting losses.

Foreign currency risk

The Group operates internationally and is exposed to foreign exchange risk arising from various currency exposures primarily with respect to the Thai baht and the Chinese renminbi (RMB).

 

81


Table of Contents

FABRINET

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

As of June 25, 2010 and June 26, 2009 the Group had outstanding foreign currency assets and liabilities as follows:

 

     June 25, 2010    June 26, 2009
     Currency    $    Currency    $

Assets

           

Thai baht

   291,608    8,995    110,018    3,228

Chinese renminbi

   50,723    7,993    53,758    7,868
               
      16,988       11,096
               

Liabilities

           

Thai baht

   560,494    17,289    295,114    8,659

Chinese renminbi

   20,077    2,957    11,831    1,740
               
      20,246       10,399
               

The Thai baht assets represent cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, deposits and other current assets. The Thai baht liabilities represent trade accounts payable, accrued expenses and other payables. The Group manages its exposure to fluctuation in foreign exchange rates by the use of foreign currency contracts and offsetting assets and liabilities denominated in the same currency in accordance with management’s policy. As of June 25, 2010, there were $12,000 selling forward contracts and $6,500 option contracts outstanding on the Thai baht payables. As of June 26, 2009, there were $3,000 selling forward contracts outstanding on the Thai baht payables.

The RMB assets represent cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable and other current assets. The RMB liabilities represent trade accounts payable, accrued expenses and other payables. As of June 25, 2010 and June 26, 2009, there were no outstanding forward contracts in relation to the RMB.

Interest Rate Risk

The Group’s principal interest bearing assets are time deposits held with high quality financial institutions. The Group’s principal interest bearing liabilities are bank loans which bear interest at floating rates.

 

82


Table of Contents

FABRINET

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

20. Principal subsidiaries

The subsidiaries of the Group are:

 

Name

 

Business

 

Country of

Incorporation

  Percent
interest

Fabrinet Co., Ltd.

  Manufacturing and assembly   Thailand   99.99

Fabrinet USA, Inc.

  Marketing and administrative support services  

United States of

America (California)

  100

FBN New Jersey Manufacturing, Inc.

 

Manufacturing and assembly

 

United States of America (Delaware)

 

100

Fabrinet China Holdings

  Holding company   Mauritius Island   100

CASIX Inc.

(a wholly-owned subsidiary of Fabrinet China Holdings)

  Manufacturing and assembly   People’s Republic of China   100

Fabrinet Pte., Ltd.

  Sales and administrative support services and supply chain sourcing center   Singapore   100

All subsidiaries are unlisted.

21. Subsequent events

We believe that there are no subsequent events that require disclosure.

 

83


Table of Contents

UNAUDITED QUARTERLY FINANCIAL INFORMATION

The following tables set forth a summary of the Company’s quarterly financial information for each of the four quarters in the fiscal years ended June 25, 2010 and June 26, 2009:

 

    Three Months Ended
    Jun 25,
2010
  Mar 26,
2010
  Dec 25,
2009
  Sep 25,
2009
  Jun 26,
2009
  Mar 27,
2009
  Dec 26,
2008
  Sep 26,
2008
    (in thousands, except per share data)

Total revenues

  $ 157,411   $ 136,890   $ 114,393   $ 97,018   $ 82,400   $ 84,834   $ 128,004   $ 145,861
                                               

Gross profit

    19,380     19,129     14,873     10,960     8,351     9,535     16,831     23,324
                                               

Net income

  $ 13,574   $ 13,511   $ 11,052   $ 6,186   $ 3,937   $ 3,400   $ 11,755   $ 12,212
                                               

Basic net income per share:

               

Net income

  $ 0.44   $ 0.44   $ 0.36   $ 0.20   $ 0.13   $ 0.11   $ 0.39   $ 0.41
                                               

Weighted-average shares used in basic net income per share calculations

    30,950     30,901     30,856     30,707     30,577     30,472     30,344     30,046
                                               

Diluted net income per share:

               

Net income

  $ 0.43   $ 0.43   $ 0.35   $ 0.20   $ 0.13   $ 0.11   $ 0.38   $ 0.39
                                               

Weighted-average shares used in diluted net income per share calculations

    31,457     31,365     31,387     31,269     31,308     30,932     31,106     31,387
                                               

All income from production wind-down and transfer agreements had been recognized by the end of the six months ended December 26, 2008. The Company recorded income from production wind-down and transfer agreements of $0.7 million and $0.7 million in the quarters ended December 26, 2008 and September 26, 2008, respectively.

During the three months ended March 27, 2009, the Company recorded $2.4 million in restructuring charges related to the reduction of Company’s global headcount in response to the recent global economic slowdown.

During the three months ended September 26, 2008, the Company’s SG&A expenses increased due to the recognition of accrued legal, accounting, printing and consulting expenses of $4.0 million incurred in connection with the Company’s prior efforts to sell its ordinary shares in an initial public offering during calendar years 2007 and 2008.

 

84


Table of Contents
ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE.

None.

 

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES.

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

Our management, with the participation of our chief executive officer and chief financial officer, evaluated the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures pursuant to Rule 13a-15 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 as of the end of the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Based on that evaluation, our chief executive officer and chief financial officer concluded that as of the end of the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K our disclosure controls and procedures were effective to provide reasonable assurance that information we are required to disclose in reports that we file or submit under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in Securities and Exchange Commission rules and forms, and include controls and procedures designed to ensure that the information required to be disclosed by us in such reports is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our chief executive officer and chief financial officer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosures.

Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

This Annual Report on Form 10-K does not include a report of management’s assessment regarding internal control over financial reporting or an attestation report of the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm, on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting due to a transition period established by rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission for newly public companies.

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting during our fourth fiscal quarter that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

 

ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION.

Not applicable.

 

85


Table of Contents

PART III

 

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE.

Information responsive to this item is incorporated herein by reference to Fabrinet’s definitive proxy statement with respect to our 2010 Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION.

Information responsive to this item is incorporated herein by reference to our definitive proxy statement with respect to our 2010 Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS.

Information responsive to this item is incorporated herein by reference to our definitive proxy statement with respect to our 2010 Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE.

Information responsive to this item is incorporated herein by reference to our definitive proxy statement with respect to our 2010 Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES.

Information responsive to this item is incorporated herein by reference to our definitive proxy statement with respect to our 2010 Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

86


Table of Contents

PART IV

 

ITEM 15. EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.

 

  (a) The following documents are filed as part of, or incorporated by reference into, this Annual Report on Form 10-K:

1. Financial Statements: See Index to Consolidated Financial Statements under Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

2. Financial Statement Schedules: All schedules are omitted because they are not required, are not applicable or the information is included in the consolidated financial statements or notes thereto.

3. Exhibits: We have filed, or incorporated by reference into this Annual Report on Form 10-K, the exhibits listed on the accompanying Exhibit Index immediately following the signature page of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

  (b) Exhibits: See Item 15(a)(3), above.

 

  (c) Financial Statement Schedules: See Item 15(a)(2), above.

 

87


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, on September 8, 2010.

 

FABRINET

 

By:   /S/    MARK J. SCHWARTZ        
Name:   Mark J. Schwartz
Title:  

Executive Vice President, Chief Financial

Officer and Secretary

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints David T. Mitchell and Mark J. Schwartz and each of them, as his true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent with full power of substitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to this Annual Report on Form 10-K and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto and all documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorney-in-fact and agent full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in connection therewith, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming that said attorney-in-fact and agent, or his substitute, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/    DAVID T. MITCHELL        

David T. Mitchell

   Chief Executive Officer, President and Chairman of the Board of Directors (Principal Executive Officer)   September 8, 2010

/s/    MARK J. SCHWARTZ        

Mark J. Schwartz

   Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, and Secretary (Principal Financial Officer)   September 8, 2010

/s/    MARK A. CHRISTENSEN        

Mark A. Christensen

   Director   September 8, 2010

/s/    TA-LIN HSU        

Ta-lin Hsu

   Director   September 8, 2010

/s/    FRANK H. LEVINSON        

Frank H. Levinson

   Director   September 8, 2010

/s/    ROLLANCE E. OLSON        

Rollance E. Olson

   Director   September 8, 2010

/s/    VIRAPAN PULGES      

Virapan Pulges

   Director   September 8, 2010

/s/    WILLIAM J. PERRY        

William J. Perry

   Director   September 8, 2010

 

88


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit
Number

 

Description

  Incorporated by reference herein
    Form   Exhibit No.  

Filing Date

 

File No.

  3.1   Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association   S-1/A   3.1   May 3, 2010   333-163258
  4.1   Specimen Ordinary Share Certificate   S-1/A   4.1   June 14, 2010   333-163258
10.1.1+   Fabrinet Amended and Restated 1999 Share Option Plan        
10.1.2+   Form of Share Option Agreement under the Fabrinet Amended and Restated 1999 Share Option Plan   S-1   10.1.2   November 7, 2007   333-147191
10.2.1+   Fabrinet 2010 Performance Incentive Plan   S-1/A   10.2.1   May 3, 2010   333-163258
10.2.2+   Form of Share Option Award Agreement under the Fabrinet 2010 Performance Incentive Plan   S-1/A   10.2.2   May 3, 2010   333-163258
10.2.3+   Form of Notice of Grant of Restricted Shares under the Fabrinet 2010 Performance Incentive Plan   S-1/A   10.2.3   May 3, 2010   333-163258
10.3.1+   Employment Agreement, effective as of January 1, 2000, by and between David T. Mitchell and Fabrinet USA, Inc. (subsequently assumed by the registrant)   S-1/A   10.3.1   December 28, 2009   333-163258
10.3.2+   Amendment to Employment Agreement, dated December 29, 2008, by and between David T. Mitchell and the registrant   S-1   10.3.2   November 20, 2009   333-163258
10.4.1+   Offer Letter, dated April 29, 2005, by and between Dr. Harpal Gill and Fabrinet USA, Inc.   S-1   10.4.1   November 7, 2007   333-147191
10.4.2+   Amendment to Offer Letter, dated February 14, 2007, by and between Dr. Harpal Gill and Fabrinet USA, Inc.   S-1   10.4.2   November 7, 2007   333-147191
10.4.3+   Amendment to Offer Letter, dated December 29, 2008, by and between Dr. Harpal Gill and Fabrinet USA, Inc.   S-1   10.4.3   November 20, 2009   333-163258
10.5+   Employment Agreement, dated July 1, 2007, by and between Dr. Harpal Gill and Fabrinet Co., Ltd.   S-1   10.5   November 7, 2007   333-147191
10.6.1+   Offer Letter, dated April 15, 2000, by and between Mark J. Schwartz and Fabrinet USA, Inc.   S-1   10.6.1   November 7, 2007   333-147191
10.6.2+   Amendment to Offer Letter, dated June 16, 2008, by and between Mark J. Schwartz and Fabrinet USA, Inc.   S-1   10.6.2   November 20, 2009   333-163258
10.6.3+   Amendment to Offer Letter, dated December 29, 2008, by and between Mark J. Schwartz and Fabrinet USA, Inc.   S-1   10.6.3   November 20, 2009   333-163258


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number

 

Description

  Incorporated by reference herein
    Form   Exhibit No.  

Filing Date

 

File No.

10.7.1+   Employment Agreement, dated January 8, 2001, by and between Nat Mani and Fabrinet USA, Inc.   S-1   10.7.1   November 7, 2007   333-147191
10.7.2+   Amendment to Employment Agreement, dated October 1, 2007, by and between Nat Mani and Fabrinet USA, Inc.   S-1   10.7.2   November 7, 2007   333-147191
10.7.3+   Amendment to Employment Agreement, dated June 16, 2008, by and between Nat Mani and Fabrinet USA, Inc.   S-1   10.7.3   November 20, 2009   333-163258
10.7.4+   Amendment to Employment Agreement, dated December 29, 2008, by and between Nat Mani and Fabrinet USA, Inc.   S-1   10.7.4   November 20, 2009   333-163258
10.8+   Consulting Agreement, dated November 8, 2008, by and between Dr. William Perry and the registrant   S-1   10.8   November 20, 2009   333-163258
10.9+   Compensation Notice for Dr. William Perry, dated September 30, 2009   S-1   10.9   November 20, 2009   333-163258
10.10+   Form of Indemnification Agreement entered into between the registrant and its directors and officers   S-1/A   10.10   January 28, 2010   333-163258
10.11   Manufacturing Agreement, dated May 29, 2005, by and between the registrant and FBN New Jersey Holdings Corp.   S-1   10.11   November 7, 2007   333-147191
10.12   Manufacturing Agreement, dated January 2, 2000, by and between the registrant and Fabrinet Co. Ltd.   S-1   10.12   November 7, 2007   333-147191
10.13   Administrative Services Agreement, dated January 2, 2000, by and between the registrant and Fabrinet USA, Inc.   S-1   10.13   November 7, 2007   333-147191
10.14   Administrative Services Agreement, dated July 3, 2008, by and between the registrant and Fabrinet Pte. Ltd.   S-1   10.14   November 20, 2009   333-163258
10.15   Credit Facility Agreement, dated December 15, 2006, by and among Fabrinet Co., Ltd., the registrant and ABN AMRO Bank N.V.   S-1   10.15   November 7, 2007   333-147191
10.16.1   Loan Agreement, dated March 4, 2004, by and among Fabrinet Co., Ltd., the registrant and TMB Bank Public Company Limited (in Thai with English translation)   S-1   10.18.1   November 7, 2007   333-147191
10.16.2   Supplemental Memorandum of Agreement (2nd), dated December 14, 2007, by and among Fabrinet Co., Ltd., the registrant and TMB Bank Public Company Limited (in Thai with English translation)   S-1   10.18.2   November 20, 2009   333-163258


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number

 

Description

  Incorporated by reference herein
    Form   Exhibit No.  

Filing Date

 

File No.

10.16.3   Memorandum of Agreement, dated August 8, 2008, by and among Fabrinet Co., Ltd., the registrant and TMB Bank Public Company Limited (in Thai with English translation)   S-1   10.18.3   November 20, 2009   333-163258
10.17.1   Loan Agreement, dated June 6, 2005, by and among Fabrinet Co., Ltd., the registrant and TMB Bank Public Company Limited (in Thai with English translation)   S-1   10.19.1   November 7, 2007   333-147191
10.17.2   Supplemental Memorandum of Agreement (2nd), dated December 14, 2007, by and among Fabrinet Co., Ltd., the registrant and TMB Bank Public Company Limited (in Thai with English translation)   S-1   10.19.2   November 20, 2009   333-163258
10.17.3   Memorandum of Agreement, dated August 8, 2008, by and among Fabrinet Co., Ltd., the registrant and TMB Bank Public Company Limited (in Thai with English translation)   S-1   10.19.3   November 20, 2009   333-163258
10.18.1   Loan Agreement, dated April 4, 2007, by and among Fabrinet Co., Ltd., the registrant and TMB Bank Public Company Limited (in Thai with English translation)   S-1   10.20.1   November 7, 2007   333-147191
10.18.2   Supplemental Memorandum of Agreement, dated December 14, 2007, by and among Fabrinet Co., Ltd., the registrant and TMB Bank Public Company Limited (in Thai with English translation)   S-1   10.20.2   November 20, 2009   333-163258
10.18.3   Memorandum of Agreement, dated August 8, 2008, by and among Fabrinet Co., Ltd., the registrant and TMB Bank Public Company Limited (in Thai with English translation)   S-1   10.20.3   November 20, 2009   333-163258
10.19   Approval of Amendment and Waiver Letter, dated October 18, 2007, by and among the registrant, Fabrinet Co., Ltd. and TMB Bank Public Company Limited (in Thai with English translation)   S-1   10.21   November 7, 2007   333-147191
10.20   Land and Buildings Lease Agreement, dated April 30, 2004, by and between Chokchai International Co., Ltd. and Fabrinet Co., Ltd. (in Thai with English translation)   S-1   10.22   November 7, 2007   333-147191
10.21   Lease Agreement, dated July 1, 2010, by and between Donly Corporation and FBN NJ Holdings Corp. DBA VitroCom        
10.22   Land Mortgage Agreement, dated April 9, 2004, as amended on June 7, 2005, by and between TMB Bank Public Company Limited and Fabrinet Co., Ltd. (in Thai with English translation)   S-1   10.24   November 7, 2007   333-147191


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number

 

Description

  Incorporated by reference herein
    Form   Exhibit No.  

Filing Date

 

File No.

10.23   Land Mortgage Agreement, dated April 5, 2007, by and between TMB Bank Public Company Limited and Fabrinet Co., Ltd. (in Thai with English translation)   S-1   10.25   November 7, 2007   333-147191
10.24   Registration Rights Agreement, dated June 22, 2010, by and among the registrant, Asia Pacific Growth Fund III, L.P., David T. Mitchell, JDSU and Shea Ventures, LLC   S-1/A   10.26   June 14, 2010   333-163258
10.25†   Primary Contract Manufacturing Agreement, dated January 1, 2008, by and between JDS Uniphase Corporation and the registrant   S-1/A   10.27   January 19, 2010   333-163258
10.26   Agreement to Buy and Sell Land, dated June 15, 2010, by and between Ms. Kornkornrat Rungreungthanya and Fabrinet Co., Ltd. (in Thai with English translation)   S-1/A   10.29   June 22, 2010   333-163258
21.1   List of Subsidiaries   S-1   21.1   November 20, 2009   333-163258
23.1   Consent of PriceWaterhouseCoopers ABAS Limited        
24.1   Power of Attorney incorporated by reference to the signature page of this Annual Report on Form 10-K)        
31.1   Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Exchange Act Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a), as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002        
31.2   Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Exchange Act Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a), as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002        
32.1   Certifications of Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002        

 

+ Indicates management contract or compensatory plan.
Confidential treatment has been requested for portions of this exhibit.
Fabrinet Amended and Restated 1999 Share Option Plan

Exhibit 10.1.1

FABRINET

AMENDED AND RESTATED 1999 SHARE OPTION PLAN

 

1. Purposes of the Plan. The purposes of this 1999 Share Option Plan are:

 

   

to attract and retain the best available personnel for positions of substantial responsibility,

 

   

to provide additional incentive to Employees, Directors and Consultants, and

 

   

to promote the success of the Company’s business.

Options granted under the Plan may be Incentive Share Options or Nonstatutory Share Options, as determined by the Administrator at the time of grant.

 

2. Definitions. As used herein, the following definitions shall apply:

 

  (a) Administrator” means the Board or any of its Committees administering the Plan, in accordance with Section 4 of the Plan.

 

  (b) Applicable Law” means the requirements relating to the administration of Share Option Plans under the laws of the Cayman Islands, United States state corporate laws, United States federal and state securities laws, the Code, any stock exchange or quotation system on which the Ordinary Shares are listed or quoted and the applicable laws of any foreign country or jurisdiction where Options are, or will be, granted under the Plan.

 

  (c) Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

  (d) Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 of the United States, as amended.

 

  (e) Committee” means a committee of Directors appointed by the Board in accordance with Section 4 of the Plan.

 

  (f) Company” means Fabrinet, an exempted company formed under the laws of the Cayman Islands.

 

  (g) Consultant” means any person, including an advisor, engaged by the Company or a Parent or Subsidiary to render services to such entity.

 

  (h) Director” means a member of the Board.

 

  (i) Disability” means total and permanent disability as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code.

 

  (j) Employee” means any person, including Officers and Directors, employed by the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company. A Service Provider (defined below) shall not cease to be an Employee in the case of (i) any leave of absence approved by the Company or (ii) transfers between locations of the Company or between the Company, its Parent, any Subsidiary, or any successor. For purposes of Incentive Share Options, no such leave may exceed three months, unless reemployment upon expiration of such leave is guaranteed by statute or contract. If reemployment upon expiration of a leave of absence approved by the Company is not so guaranteed on the first day following such three-month period, any Incentive Share Option held by the Optionee shall cease to be treated as an Incentive Share Option and shall be treated for tax purposes as a Nonstatutory Share Option. Neither service as a Director nor payment of a director’s fee by the Company shall be sufficient to constitute “employment” by the Company.


  (k) Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 of the United States, as amended.

 

  (l) Fair Market Value” means, as of any date, the value of Ordinary Shares determined as follows:

 

  i If the Ordinary Shares are listed on any established share exchange or a national market system, including without limitation the Nasdaq National Market or The Nasdaq SmallCap Market of The Nasdaq Global Market, its Fair Market Value shall be the closing sales price for such shares (or the closing bid, if no sales were reported) as quoted on such exchange or system for the last market trading day prior to the time of determination, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable;

 

  ii If the Ordinary Shares are regularly quoted by a recognized securities dealer but selling prices are not reported, the Fair Market Value of a Share of Ordinary Shares shall be the mean between the high bid and low asked prices for the Ordinary Shares on the last market trading day prior to the day of determination, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable; or

 

  iii In the absence of an established market for the Ordinary Shares, the Fair Market value shall be determined in good faith by the Administrator.

 

  (m) Incentive Share Option” means an Option intended to qualify as an incentive share option within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

  (n) Nonstatutory Share Option” means an Option not intended to qualify as an Incentive Share Option.

 

  (o) Notice of Grant” means a written or electronic notice evidencing certain terms and conditions of an individual Option grant. The Notice of Grant is part of the Option Agreement.

 

  (p) Officer” means a person who is an officer of the Company within the meaning of Section 16 of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

  (q) Option” means a Share option granted pursuant to the Plan.

 

  (r) Option Agreement” means an agreement between the Company and an Optionee evidencing the terms and conditions of an individual Option grant. The Option Agreement is subject to the term and conditions of the Plan.

 

  (s) Optioned Shares” means the Ordinary Shares subject to an Option.

 

  (t) Optionee” means the holder of an outstanding Option granted under the Plan.

 

  (u) Ordinary Shares” means the Ordinary Shares of the Company.

 

  (v) Parent” means a “parent corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(e) of the Code.

 

  (w) Plan” means this Fabrinet Amended and Restated 1999 Share Option Plan, as set forth herein and as it may be amended from time to time.


  (x) Rule 16b-3” means Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act or any successor to Rule 16b-3, as in effect when discretion is being exercised with respect to the Plan.

 

  (y) Retirement” means the Optionee has reached the age of 65 years and has ten (10) years of continuous service with the Company or one of its subsidiaries and the Optionee elects to terminate his/her relationship as a Service Provider with the Company.

 

  (z) Section 16(b)” means Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act.

 

  (aa) Service Provider” means an Employee, Director or Consultant.

 

  (bb) Share” means an Ordinary Share, as adjusted in accordance with Section 12 of the Plan.

 

  (cc) Subsidiary” means a “subsidiary corporation”, whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code.

 

3. Shares Subject to the Plan. Subject to adjustment as provided in Section 12 of the Plan, the maximum aggregate number of Shares that may be issued pursuant to the Plan shall be Three Million Five Hundred Two Thousand Eight Hundred Fifty-Seven (3,502,857), plus (i) any Shares issued under the Plan that are forfeited back to the Company or canceled, and (ii) any Shares that are tendered, whether by physical delivery or by attestation, to the Company by a Service Provider as full or partial payment of the exercise price of any Option granted pursuant to the Plan, or in payment of any applicable withholding for federal, state, city, local or foreign income, payroll or other taxes incurred in connection with the exercise of any Option granted under the Plan; provided, however, that the total number of Shares with respect to which Incentive Share Options may be granted shall not exceed Three Million Five Hundred Thousand (3,500,000). The Shares may be authorized and unissued shares or issued shares which have been reacquired by the Company.

 

4. Administration of the Plan.

 

  (a) Procedure.

 

  i Multiple Administrative Bodies. The Plan may be administered by different Committees with respect to different groups of Service Providers.

 

  ii Section 162(m). To the extent that the Administrator determines it to be desirable to qualify Options granted hereunder as “performance-based compensation” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code, the Plan shall be administered by a Committee of two or more “outside directors” within the meaning of Section l62(m) of the Code.  

 

  iii Rule 16b-3. To the extent desirable to qualify transactions hereunder as exempt under Rule 16b-3, the transactions contemplated hereunder shall be structured to satisfy the requirement for exemption under Rule 16b-3.

 

  iv Other Administration. Other than as provided above, the Plan shall be administered by (A) the Board or (B) a Committee, which committee shall be constituted to satisfy Applicable Laws.

 

  (b) Powers of the Administrator. Subject to the provisions of the Plan, and in the case of a Committee, subject to the specific duties delegated by the Board to such Committee, the Administrator shall have the authority, in its discretion:

 

  i to determine the Fair Market Value;

 

  ii to select the Service Providers to whom Options may be granted;


  iii to determine the number of Ordinary Shares to be covered by each Option granted hereunder;

 

  iv to approve forms of agreement for use under the Plan;

 

  v to determine the terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, of any Option granted hereunder. Such terms and conditions include, but are not limited to, the exercise price, the time or times when Options may be exercised (which may be based on performance criteria), any vesting acceleration or waiver of forfeiture restrictions, and any restriction or limitation regarding any Option or the Ordinary Shares relating thereto, based in each case on such factors as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, shall determine;

 

  vi to determine whether, to what extent and under what circumstances Ordinary Shares and other amounts payable with respect to an award under this Plan shall be deferred either automatically or at the election of the participant (including providing for and determining the amount (if any) of any deemed earnings on any deferred amount during any deferral period);

 

  vii to construe and interpret the terms of the Plan and awards granted pursuant to the Plan;

 

  viii to prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to the Plan, including rules and regulations relating to sub-plans established for the purpose of qualifying for preferred tax treatment under foreign tax laws;

 

  ix to modify or amend each Option (subject to Section 14(c) of the Plan), including the discretionary authority to extend the post-termination exercisability period of Options longer than is otherwise provided for in the Plan;

 

  x to allow Optionees to satisfy withholding tax obligations by electing to have the Company withhold from the Shares to be issued upon exercise of an Option that number of Shares having a Fair Market Value equal to (or less than) the amount required to be withheld. The Fair Market Value of the Shares to be withheld shall be determined on the date that the amount of tax to be withheld is to be determined. All elections by an Optionee to have Shares withheld for this purpose shall be made in such form and under such conditions as the Administrator may deem necessary or advisable;

 

  xi to authorize any person to execute on behalf of the Company any instrument required to effect the grant of an Option previously granted by the Administrator; and

 

  xii to make all other determinations deemed necessary or advisable for administering the Plan.

 

  (c) Effect of Administrator’s Decision. The Administrator’s decisions, determinations and interpretations shall be final and binding on all Optionees and any other holders of Options.

 

5. Eligibility. Nonstatutory Share Options may be granted to Service Providers. Incentive Share Options may be granted only to Employees.

 

6. Limitations.

 

  (a) Each Option shall be designated in the Option Agreement as either an Incentive Share Option or a Nonstatutory Share Option. However, notwithstanding such designation, to the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value of the Shares with respect to which Incentive Share Options are exercisable for the first time by the Optionee during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company and any Parent or Subsidiary) exceeds $100,000, such Options shall be treated as Nonstatutory Share Options. For purposes of this Section 6(a), the most recently granted options will be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options first. The Fair Market Value of the Shares shall be determined as of the time the Option with respect to such Shares is granted.


  (b) Neither the Plan nor any Option shall confer upon an Optionee any right with respect to continuing the Optionee’s relationship as a Service Provider with the Company, nor shall they interfere in any way with the Optionee’s right or the Company’s right to terminate such relationship at any time, with or without cause.

 

  (c) The following limitations shall apply to grants of Options:

 

  i No Service Provider shall be granted, in any fiscal year of the Company, Options to purchase more than 300,000 Shares.

 

  ii In connection with the commencement of his or his or her initial service, a Service Provider may be granted Options to purchase up to 1,000,000 Shares that shall not count against the limit set forth in subsection (i) above.

 

  iii The foregoing limitations shall be adjusted proportionately in connection with any change in the Company’s capitalization as described in Section 12.

 

7. Term of Plan. Subject to Section 18 of the Plan, the Plan shall become effective upon its adoption by the Board. It shall continue in effect for a term of ten (10) years unless terminated earlier under Section 14 of the Plan.

 

8. Term of Option. The term of each Option shall be stated in the Option Agreement. In the case of an Incentive Share Option, the term shall be seven (7) years from the date of grant or such shorter term as may be provided in the Option Agreement.

 

9. Option Exercise Price and Consideration.

 

  (a) Exercise Price. The per share exercise price for the Shares to be issued pursuant to exercise of an Option shall be no less than 100% of the Fair Market Value per Share (or 110%, in the case of an individual described in Section 422(b)(6) of the Code (relating to certain 10% owners)) on the date of grant, as determined by the Administrator. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Options may be granted with a per Share exercise price of less than 100% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant pursuant to a merger or other corporate transaction.

 

  (b) Waiting Period and Exercise Dates. At the time an Option is granted, the Administrator shall fix the period within which the Option may be exercised and shall determine any conditions that must be satisfied before the Option may be exercised.

 

  (c) Form of Consideration. The Administrator shall determine the acceptable form of consideration for exercising an Option, including the method of payment. In the case of an Incentive Share Option, the Administrator shall determine the acceptable form of consideration at the time of grant. Such consideration may consist entirely of:

 

  i cash;

 

  ii check;

 

  iii promissory note;


  iv other Shares which (A) in the case of Shares acquired upon exercise of an Option, have been owned by the Optionee for more than six months on the date of surrender, and (B) have a Fair Market Value on the date of surrender equal to the aggregate exercise price of the Shares as to which said Option shall be exercised;

 

  v consideration received by the Company under a cashless exercise program implemented by the Company in connection with the Plan;

 

  vi a reduction in the amount of any Company liability to the Optionee, including any liability attributable to the Optionee’s participation in any Company-sponsored deferred compensation program or arrangement;

 

  vii any combination of the foregoing methods of payment; or

 

  viii such other consideration and method of payment for the issuance of Shares to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws.

 

10. Exercise of Option.

 

  (a) Procedure for Exercise: Rights as a Shareholder. Any Option granted hereunder shall be exercisable according to the terms of the Plan and at such times and under such conditions as determined by the Administrator and set forth in the Option Agreement. Unless the Administrator provides otherwise, vesting of Options granted hereunder shall be tolled during any unpaid leave of absence. An Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a Share.

An Option shall be deemed exercised when the Company receives: (i) written or electronic notice of exercise (in accordance with the Option Agreement) from the person entitled to exercise the Option, and (ii) full payment for the Shares with respect to which the Option is exercised. Full payment may consist of any consideration and method of payment authorized by the Administrator and permitted by the Option Agreement and the Plan. Shares issued upon exercise of an Option shall be issued in the name of the Optionee or, if requested by the Optionee in the name of the Optionee and his or her spouse. Until the Shares are issued (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a shareholder shall exist with respect to the Optioned Shares, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. The Company shall issue (or cause to be issued) such Shares promptly after the Option is exercised. No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date the Shares are issued, except as provided in Section 12 of the Plan.

Exercising an Option in any manner shall decrease the number of Shares thereafter available for sale under the Option by the number of Shares as to which the Option is exercised.

 

  (b) Termination of Relationship as a Service Provider. If an Optionee ceases to be a Service Provider, other than upon the Optionee’s death, Disability or Retirement, the Optionee may exercise his or her Option within such period of time as is specified in the Option Agreement to the extent that the Option is vested on the date of termination (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Option Agreement). In the absence of a specified time in the Option Agreement the Option shall remain exercisable for three (3) months following the Optionee’s termination. If, on the date of termination, the Optionee is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the unvested portion of the Option shall immediately terminate, and the Shares covered by such unvested portion of the Option shall revert to the Plan. If the Optionee does not exercise the vested portion of his or her Option within the time specified herein or in the Option Agreement, as applicable, such vested portion of the Option shall terminate, and the Shares covered by such portion shall revert to the Plan.


  (c) Disability of Optionee. If an Optionee ceases to be a Service Provider as a result of the Optionee’s Disability, the Optionee may exercise his or her Option within such period of time as is specified in the Option Agreement to the extent the Option is vested on the date of termination (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Option Agreement). In the absence of a specified time in the Option Agreement, the Option shall remain exercisable for twelve (12) months following the Optionee’s termination. If, on the date of termination, the Optionee is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the unvested portion of the Option shall immediately terminate, and the Shares covered by such unvested portion of the Option shall revert to the Plan. If the Optionee does not exercise the vested portion of his or her Option within the time specified herein or in the Option Agreement, as applicable, such vested portion of the Option shall terminate, and the Shares covered by such portion shall revert to the Plan.

 

  (d) Death of Optionee. If an Optionee dies while a Service Provider, the Option may be exercised within such period of time as is specified in the Option Agreement (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Option Agreement), by the Optionee’s estate or by a person who acquires the right to exercise the Option by bequest or inheritance, but only to the extent that the Option is vested on the date of death. In the absence of a specified time in the Option Agreement, the Option shall remain exercisable for twenty-four (24) months following the Optionee’s termination. If, at the time of death, the Optionee is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the unvested portion of the Option shall immediately terminate, and the Shares covered by such unvested portion of the Option shall revert to the Plan. If the Optionee’s estate (or other person who acquires the right to exercise the Option) does not exercise the vested portion of the Option within the time specified herein or in the Option Agreement, as applicable, such vested portion of the Option shall terminate, and the Shares covered by such portion shall revert to the Plan.

 

  (e) Retirement of Optionee. In the event of an Optionee’s Retirement, the Optionee may exercise his or her Option at any time within three (3) years from the date of such Retirement, but only to the extent that the Optionee was entitled to exercise it at the date of such Retirement (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Option Agreement). If, on the date of Retirement, the Optionee is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the unvested portion of the Option shall immediately terminate, and the Shares covered by such unvested portion of the Option shall revert to the Plan. If the Optionee does not exercise the vested portion of his or her Option within the time specified by herein or in the Option Agreement, as applicable, such vested portion of the Option shall terminate, and the Shares covered by such portion shall revert to the Plan.

 

11. Transferability of Options.

 

  (a) Unless determined otherwise by the Administrator, an Option may not be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated, transferred, or disposed of in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised, during the lifetime of the Optionee, only by the Optionee. If the Administrator makes an Option transferable, such Option shall have such additional terms and conditions as the Administrator deems appropriate.

 

  (b) An Optionee may file a written designation of a beneficiary who is to receive any options that remain unexercised in the event of the Optionee’s death. If a participant is married and the designated beneficiary is not the spouse, spousal consent shall be required for such designation to be effective.

 

  (c) Such designation of beneficiary may be changed by the Optionee at any time by written notice, subject to the above spousal consent conditions. In the event of the death of the Optionee and in the absence of a beneficiary validly designated under the Plan who is living at the time of such Optionee’s death, the Company shall deliver such options to the executor or administrator of the estate of the Optionee, or if no such executor or administrator has been appointed (to the knowledge of the Company), the Company, in its discretion, may deliver such options to the spouse or to any one or more dependents or relatives of the participant, or if no spouse, dependent or relative is known to the Company, then to such other person as the Company may designate.


12. Adjustments Upon Changes in Capitalization, Dissolution, Merger or Asset Sale.

 

  (a) Changes in Capitalization. Subject to any required action by the shareholders of the Company, the number of Ordinary Shares covered by each outstanding Option, as well as the price per share of Ordinary Shares covered by each such outstanding Option, and the number of Ordinary Shares which have been authorized for issuance under the Plan but as to which no Options have yet been granted or which have been returned to the Plan upon cancellation or expiration of an Option, shall be proportionately adjusted for any increase or decrease in the number of issued Ordinary Shares resulting from a share split, reverse share split, share dividend, combination or classification of the Ordinary Shares, or any other increase or decrease in the number of issued Ordinary Shares effected without receipt of consideration by the Company; provided, however, that conversion of any convertible securities of the Company shall not be deemed to have been “effected without receipt of consideration.” Such adjustment shall be made by the Board, whose determination in that respect shall be final, binding and conclusive. Except as expressly provided herein, no issuance by the Company of shares of any class, or securities convertible into shares of any class, shall affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to, the number or price of Ordinary Shares subject to an Option.

 

  (b) Dissolution or Liquidation. In the event of the proposed dissolution or liquidation of the Company, the Administrator shall notify each Optionee as soon as practicable prior to the effective date of such proposed transaction. The Administrator in its discretion may provide for an Optionee to have the right to exercise his or her Option until ten (10) days prior to such transaction as to all of the Optioned Shares covered thereby, including Shares as to which the Option would not otherwise be exercisable. All outstanding Options, to the extent not exercised prior to such transaction, shall terminate upon such transaction.

 

  (c) Merger or Asset Sale. Subject to the provisions of paragraph (d) hereof, in the event of a merger of the Company with or into another corporation, or the sale of substantially all of the assets of the Company, each outstanding Option shall be assumed or an equivalent option substituted by the successor corporation or a Parent or Subsidiary of the successor corporation. In the event that the successor corporation refuses to assume or substitute for the Option, the Optionee shall fully vest in and have the right to exercise the Option as to all of the Optioned Shares, including Shares as to which it would not otherwise be vested or exercisable. If an Option becomes fully vested and exercisable pursuant to the preceding sentence, the Administrator shall notify the Optionee in writing or electronically that the Option shall be fully vested and exercisable for a period of fifteen (15) days from the date of such notice, and the Option shall terminate upon the expiration of such period. For the purposes of this paragraph, the Option shall be considered assumed if, following the merger or sale of assets, the option confers the right to purchase or receive, for each Share of Optioned Shares subject to the Option immediately prior to the merger or sale of assets, the consideration (whether share, cash, or other securities or property) received in the merger or sale of assets by holders of Ordinary Shares for each Share held on the effective date of the transaction (and if holders were offered a choice of consideration, the type of consideration chosen by the holders of a majority of the outstanding Shares); provided, however, that if such consideration received in the merger or sale of assets is not solely common shares of the successor corporation or its Parent, the Administrator may, with the consent of the successor corporation, provide for the consideration to be received upon the exercise of the Option, for each Share of Optioned Shares subject to the Option, to be solely Ordinary Shares of the successor corporation or its Parent equal in fair market value to the per share consideration received by holders of Ordinary Shares in the merger or sale of assets.


  (d) Change in Control. In the event of a “Change in Control” of the Company, as defined in paragraph (e) below, then the following acceleration and valuation provisions shall apply:

 

  i Except as otherwise determined by the Board, in its discretion, prior to the occurrence of a Change in Control, any Options outstanding on the date such Change in Control is determined to have occurred that are not yet exercisable and vested on such date shall become fully exercisable and vested;

 

  ii Except as otherwise determined by the Board, in its discretion, prior to the occurrence of a Change in Control, all outstanding Options, to the extent they are exercisable and vested (including Options that shall become exercisable and vested pursuant to subparagraph (i) above), shall be terminated in exchange for the right to receive, with respect to each Share of Optioned Shares subject to such terminated Options, a cash payment equal to amount (if any) by which the Change in Control Price exceeds the exercise price of such terminated Options. This cash payment shall be paid to the Optionee or, in the event of death of an Optionee prior to payment, to the estate of the Optionee or to a person who acquired the right to exercise the Option by bequest or inheritance. For purposes of clarity, no payment will be made with respect to any such terminated Option if the exercise price of such Option equals or exceeds the Change in Control Price.

 

  (e) Definition of “Change in Control”. For purposes of this Section 12, a “Change in Control” means the happening of any of the following:

 

  i When any “person,” as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act (other than the Company, a Subsidiary or a Company employee benefit plan, including any trustee of such plan acting as trustee) is or becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing fifty percent (50%) or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors; or

 

  ii The shareholders of the Company approve a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other corporation, other than a merger or consolidation that would result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity) at least fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power represented by the voting securities of the Company or such surviving entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation, or the shareholders of the Company approve an agreement for the sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all the Company’s assets; or

 

  (f) Change in Control Price. For purposes of this Section 12, “Change in Control Price” shall be, as determined by the Board, (i) the highest Fair Market Value of a Share within the 60-day period immediately preceding the date of determination of the Change in Control Price by the Board (the “60-Day Period”), or (ii) the highest price paid or offered per Share, as determined by the Board, in any bona fide transaction or bona fide offer related to the Change in Control of the Company, at any time within the 60-Day Period, or (iii) such lower price as the Board, in its discretion, determines to be a reasonable estimate of the fair market value of a Share as of the date of the relevant Change in Control.

 

13. Date of Grant. The date of grant of an Option shall be, for all purposes, the date on which the Administrator makes the determination granting such Option, or such other later date as is determined by the Administrator. Notice of the determination shall be provided to each Optionee within a reasonable time after the date of such grant.


14. Amendment and Termination of the Plan.

 

  (a) Amendment and Termination. The Board may at any time amend, alter, suspend or terminate the Plan. Subject to Section 14(c), the Administrator may at any time amend any Option Agreement.

 

  (b) Shareholder Approval. The Company shall obtain shareholder approval of any Plan amendment to the extent necessary and desirable to comply with Applicable Laws.

 

  (c) Effect of Amendment or Termination. No amendment, alteration, suspension or termination of the Plan or any Option Agreement shall impair the rights of any Optionee with respect to any then-outstanding Option, unless mutually agreed otherwise between the Optionee and the Administrator, which agreement must be in writing and signed by the Optionee and the Company. Termination of the Plan shall not affect the Administrator’s ability to exercise the powers granted to it hereunder with respect to Options granted under the Plan prior to the date of such termination.

 

15. Conditions Upon Issuance of Shares.

 

  (a) Legal Compliance. Shares shall not be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option unless the exercise of such Option and the issuance and delivery of such Shares shall comply with Applicable Laws and shall be further subject to the approval of counsel for the Company with respect to such compliance.

 

  (b) Investment Representations. As a condition to the exercise of an Option, the Company may require the person exercising such Option to represent and warrant at the time of any such exercise that the Shares are being purchased only for investment and without any present intention to sell or distribute such Shares if, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, such a representation is required.

 

16. Inability to Obtain Authority. The inability of the Company to obtain authority from any regulatory body having jurisdiction, which authority is deemed by the Company’s counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any Shares hereunder, shall relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue or sell such Shares as to which such requisite authority shall not have been obtained.

 

17. Reservation of Shares. The Company, during the term of this Plan, will at all times reserve and keep available such number of Shares as shall be sufficient to satisfy the requirements of the Plan.

 

18. Shareholder Approval. The Plan shall be subject to approval by the shareholders of the Company within twelve (12) months after the date the Plan is adopted. Such shareholder approval shall be obtained in the manner and to the degree required under Applicable Laws.

 

19. Tax Withholding. Upon any exercise or payment of any Option or upon the disposition of Shares acquired pursuant to the exercise of an Incentive Share Option prior to satisfaction of the holding period requirements of Section 422 of the Code, the Company (or a Parent or Subsidiary) shall have the right at its option to:

 

  (a) require the Optionee (or the Optionee’s estate or beneficiary, as the case may be) to pay or provide for payment of at least the minimum amount of any taxes which the Company (or Parent or Subsidiary) may be required to withhold with respect to such Option event or payment;

 

  (b) deduct from any amount otherwise payable (in respect of an Option or otherwise) in cash to the Optionee (or the Optionee’s estate or beneficiary, as the case may be) the minimum amount of any taxes which the Company (or Parent or Subsidiary) may be required to withhold with respect to such Option event or payment; or


  (c) reduce the number of Optioned Shares to be delivered by (or otherwise reacquire shares held by the Optionee at least 6 months) the appropriate number of Ordinary Shares, valued at their then Fair Market Value, to satisfy the minimum withholding obligation.

In any case where a tax is required to be withheld in connection with the delivery of Ordinary Shares under this Plan, the Administrator may in its sole discretion (subject to Section 15) grant (either at the time of grant of the Option or thereafter) to the Optionee the right to elect, pursuant to such rules and subject to such conditions as the Administrator may establish, to have the Company reduce the number of shares to be delivered by (or otherwise reacquire) the appropriate number of shares, valued in a consistent manner at their Fair Market Value or at the sales price in accordance with authorized procedures for cashless exercises, necessary to satisfy the minimum applicable withholding obligation on exercise or payment. In no event shall the shares withheld exceed the minimum whole number of shares required for tax withholding under applicable law.

Lease Agreement, dated July 1, 2010

Exhibit 10.21

LEASE AGREEMENT

1. PARTIES TO THIS LEASE AGREEMENT: The parties to this Lease Agreement (this “Lease”) are DONLY CORPORATION, a New Jersey corporation, P.O. Box 344, Mountain Lakes, New Jersey 07046 (“Landlord”) and FBN New Jersey Manufacturing Inc. DBA VitroCom, a Delaware corporation, having a principal place of business located at 8 Morris Avenue, Mountain Lakes, New Jersey 07046 (“Tenant”).

2. EFFECTIVE DATE OF THIS LEASE: The effective date of this Lease shall be July 1, 2010.

3. LEASED PREMISES: The Landlord has agreed to lease to the Tenant and the Tenant has agreed to rent from the Landlord a portion of the property designated as Lot 1, Block 89 on the tax maps of the Borough of Mountain Lakes and Lot 1, Block 106 on the tax maps of the Town of Boonton, also known as 8 Morris Avenue, Mountain Lakes, Morris County, New Jersey (the “Property”) consisting of approximately 21,000 rentable square feet (the “Premises”) in the building located on the Property (the “Building”). The Premises includes certain common elements and Tenant’s Proportionate Share (as defined below) of the parking spaces at the Property. The Premises are currently occupied by Tenant.

4. TERM AND USE: The term of the lease (the “Term”) shall commence on July 1, 2010 (the “Commencement Date”) and end on June 30, 2013. The Premises may be used and occupied for any lawful manufacturing purpose, including the manufacture of glass products.

5. BASE RENT: The Tenant covenants and agrees to pay to the Landlord as rent and taxes for and during the Term the sum of Seven Hundred Four Thousand Five Hundred Twenty Dollars ($704,520.00) which shall be payable in monthly installments on the first day of each and every month in the amount of Nineteen Thousand Five Hundred Seventy Dollars ($19,570.00). This payment shall be termed “Base Rent”.Base rent” shall remain fixed for the term of the lease regardless of any increase or decreases in real estate taxes.

6. ADDITIONAL RENT: Tenant acknowledges and agrees that this is a net lease and that Base Rent is intended to be absolutely net to Landlord after payment by Tenant of all Additional Rent required to be paid by Tenant pursuant to this Lease, excluding only those costs which Landlord has expressly hereby agreed to pay. In addition to the Base Rent, the Tenant agrees to pay as additional rent (“Additional Rent”, and together with Base Rent, “Rent”) its Proportionate Share (as defined below) of the following expense items for the Property, prorated as of the Commencement Date, so that the Base Rent shall be absolutely net of all expenses: water taxes/charges levied by the Town of Boonton and/or the Borough of Mountain Lakes; sewer taxes/charges levied by the Borough of Mountain Lakes; snow plowing, lawn maintenance and landscaping costs; refuse collection and disposal costs; and all other actual expenses incurred by the Landlord for the following enumerated items: Base Rent shall however include real estate taxes levied by the Borough of Mountain Lakes and the Town of Boonton;

a. Maintenance, repair and replacement of the air-conditioning, ventilation and heating system (HVAC).


b. Sprinkler and plumbing system repairs.

c. Electric repairs.

d. Sewer pumping system maintenance, repair and replacement.

e. Fire, public liability and casualty insurance payments as it pertains to insurance coverage for the Property and Building, as opposed to Tenant’s insurance for its operations covered in Section 9.

With respect to the HVAC system, Tenant shall obtain and pay for a maintenance contract for the servicing and care of the HVAC equipment at the Premises with AC&R or equivalent.

7. TENANT’S PROPORTIONATE SHARE: For purposes of this lease, the Tenant’s Proportionate Share of expenses shall mean a fraction whose denominator is the rentable square foot area of the Building, stipulated to be twenty-nine thousand (29,000) square feet, and whose numerator shall be the rentable square foot area of the Premises, stipulated to be twenty-one thousand (21,000) square feet. It is agreed that the Tenant’s Proportionate Share shall be seventy-two (72%).

8. COLLECTION OF ADDITIONAL RENT: The Landlord shall bill the Tenant for the items set forth in Section 6 when billing occurs to the Landlord. The Landlord shall furnish Tenant with a written statement setting forth the expenses incurred by the Landlord and include such written statement on the monthly rental invoice. Tenant shall pay to Landlord this ADDITIONAL RENT on the first of the month following receipt of the monthly invoice.

 

9. LIABILITY AND PROPERTY INSURANCE; WAIVER OF SUBROGATION:

a. Tenant, at its own expense will maintain with admitted insurers authorized to do business in the State of New Jersey and which are rated “A-/X” or equivalent in Best’s Key Rating Guide, or any successor thereto (or if there is none, a rating organization having a national reputation) commercial general liability (in the broadest form then available in New Jersey) against claims for bodily injury, personal injury, death or property damage occurring on, in or about the Premises or as a result of ownership of facilities located on the Premises in amounts not less than $2,000,000.00 per occurrence/aggregate for bodily injury, personal injury or death, $2,000,000.00 with respect to any one occurrence, and $1,000,000.00 with respect to all claims for property damage with respect to any one occurrence with an aggregate of $1,000,000.00. From time to time during the Term such limits shall be increased to the prevailing level customarily carried with respect to similar properties in Morris County, New Jersey and the surrounding area. Tenant shall be responsible to maintain casualty insurance on all of its goods, personal property or effects, including removable trade fixtures located in the Premises. The policy shall insure against all costs, expenses and/or liability arising out of or based upon any and all claims, accidents, injuries, and damages caused to any person or property arising within the Premises or as a result of an act or omission on the part of the Tenant or Tenant’s contractors, licensees, agents, invitees, visitors, servants or employees on or about the Property and shall include a contractual liability endorsement evidencing coverage of Tenant’s obligation to indemnify Landlord pursuant to Section 23 hereof. Each policy shall be non-cancelable with respect to Landlord without thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to Landlord. Prior to the Commencement Date, Tenant shall provide to the Landlord certificates evidencing the procurement of the insurance required under this Section together with proof of payment of the premium therefore.


b. Landlord and Tenant shall each secure an appropriate clause, or an endorsement upon any policy of insurance in force, covering the Property, the Premises, or any personal property, fixtures and equipment located therein or thereon, including, without limitation, casualty, liability and business interruption policies in force, pursuant to which the respective insurance companies waive subrogation or permit the insured, prior to any loss, to agree with a third party to waive any claim it might have against said third party. The waiver of subrogation or permission for waiver of any claim hereinbefore referred to shall extend to the agents of each party and also extend to all other persons and entities occupying or using the Premises in accordance with the terms of this Lease. In the event that either Landlord or Tenant shall be unable at any time to obtain one of the provisions referred to above in any of its insurance policies, Landlord or Tenant, as the case may be, shall promptly notify the other. Subject to the foregoing provisions of this Section 9(b), and insofar as may be permitted by the terms of the insurance policies carried by it, and notwithstanding any provision of this Lease to the contrary, each party hereby releases the other and its partners, agents and employees (and in the case of Tenant, all other persons and entities occupying or using the Premises in accordance with the terms of this Lease) with respect to any claim (including a claim for negligence) which it might otherwise have against the other party for loss, damages or destruction with respect to its property by fire or other casualty (including rental value or business interruption, as the case may be) occurring during the Term covered by (but only to the extent of the limits of coverage of) such insurance policies.

10. SPECIFIC REPAIR OBLIGATIONS OF TENANT: In addition to the obligations undertaken in Sections 5 and 6, Tenant agrees, at its own cost and expense, to make all reasonable and necessary repairs and to keep maintained all equipment fixtures, improvements and property within the Premises. Tenant shall not be obligated to make structural repairs to the building or repairs to the roof; but shall reimburse Landlord for any such repair the necessity of which is due to any act of Tenant, its contractor, licensee, agent, invitee, visitor, servant or employee. Landlord shall make structural repairs to the building or repairs to the roof in a timely manner.

11. UTILITY EXPENSES: The Tenant shall be responsible for payment of its utility expenses.

12. ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLEASING: This lease shall not be assigned or sublet in whole or in part without the express written permission of the Landlord, which permission shall not be unreasonably withheld. Notwithstanding the forgoing, this lease may be assigned by Tenant to any affiliate of Tenant, successor by merger or consolidation, or acquirer of substantially all of the business and assets of Tenant (“Affiliate”) without the consent of Landlord; provided Tenant shall give notice to Landlord of an assignment to an Affiliate at least ten (10) days prior to the effective date of such assignment and provide Landlord with a copy of the assignment document. No assignment or subletting shall serve to release Tenant from liability hereunder.


13. PERMITTED SIGNS: The Tenant shall be entitled to place a sign as permitted by applicable laws and ordinances, subject to Landlord’s consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld.

14. COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS: The Tenant shall promptly comply with all laws, ordinances, rules, regulations, requirements and directives of all governmental or public authorities and of all their subdivisions, applicable to and affecting the Premises, their use and occupancy, and shall promptly comply with all orders, regulations requirements and directives of the Board of Fire Underwriters or similar authority and of any insurance companies which have issued or are about to issue policies of insurance covering the Premises and its contents, for the prevention of fire or other casualty, damage or injury, at the Tenant’s own cost and expense.

 

15. ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS:

a. Definitions:

(i) “Hazardous material” shall mean any substance, the presence of which requires investigation or remediation under any federal, state or local statute, regulation, ordinance, order, action, policy, or common law; or (a) which is, or becomes, defined as a hazardous waste, hazardous substance, pollutant, or contaminant (including gasoline, petroleum products and their derivatives) under any federal, state, or local statute, regulation, rule, or ordinance or amendments thereto including, without limitation, the New Jersey Spill Compensation and Control Act (“Spill Act”), N.J.S.A. 58:10-23.11 et seq., (including N.J.A.C. 7:1E Appendix A); the Industrial Site Recovery Act (“ISRA”), N.J.S.A. 13:1K-6 et seq., Water Pollution Control Act, N.J.S.A. 58:10A-1 et seq., the Underground Storage Tank Act, N.J.S.A. 58:10A-21 et seq., the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, 42 U.S.C. Section 6901 et seq., as amended, the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act, 42 U.S.C. Section 9601 et seq.; or (b) which is toxic, explosive, corrosive, flammable, infectious, radioactive, carcinogenic, mutagenic, or otherwise hazardous and is, or becomes, regulated by any governmental authority, agency, department, commission, board, agency, or instrumentality of the United States, the State of New Jersey or any political subdivision thereof.

(ii) “Environmental Documents” shall mean all environmental documentation in the possession or under the control of Landlord concerning the Property or its environs, including without limitation all sampling plans, cleanup plans, preliminary assessment plans and reports, site investigation plans and reports, remedial investigation plans and reports, remedial action plans and reports or the equivalent, sampling results, sampling result reports, data, diagrams, charts, maps, analyses, conclusions, quality assurance/quality control documentation, correspondence to or from the New Jersey Department of Environmental Protection (“NJDEP”) or any other municipal, county, state or federal governmental authority, submissions to the NJDEP or any other municipal, county, state or federal governmental authority and directives, orders, approvals, and disapprovals issued by the NJDEP or any other municipal, county, state or federal governmental authority.


(iii) In this Section, all references to Tenant or Landlord shall mean Tenant or Landlord and Tenant’s or Landlord’s, employees, agents, contractors, licensees, invitees, assigns, subtenants or occupants, respectively (i.e., any act or omission by any one of Tenant’s employees, agents, contractors, licensees, invitees, assigns, subtenants or occupants shall be deemed to be the act or omission of Tenant; any act or omission by any one of Landlord’s employees, agents, contractors, licensees, invitees, assigns, subtenants or occupants shall be deemed to be the act or omission of Landlord).

b. Industrial Site Recovery Act Requirements.

(i) Tenant’s Standard Industrial Classification Number, as designated in the Standard Industrial Classification Manual prepared by the Office of Management and Budget and in the Executive Office of the President of the United States, is 3674, “Semiconductors and Related Devices “. Tenant will immediately notify Landlord of any change in this number during the Term hereof.

(ii) Tenant shall, at Tenant’s own expense, comply with the Industrial Site Recovery Act N.J.S.A. 13:1K-6 et seq., the regulations promulgated thereunder and any amending or successor legislation and regulations (“ISRA”) in the event of a closing of Tenant’s operations, a transfer of Tenant’s operations, or a change in the ownership of Tenant. Compliance with the Industrial Site Recovery Act (“ISRA”), N.J.S.A. 13:1K-6 et seq., shall include, but is not limited to, the preparation and submission of documents for a negative declaration, remedial action workplan, no further action letter, remediation agreement, any investigation, reporting and remediation required by the NJDEP pursuant to this Section (except as otherwise exempted below) or as otherwise set forth in ISRA. If Tenant is required to comply with ISRA, Tenant shall be responsible only for the payment of that portion of the cost of ISRA compliance which is applicable to the discharge of a hazardous materials at the Premises by Tenant during the Term. Landlord shall be responsible for all other ISRA costs, including, but not limited to costs incurred by reason of any prior operations at the Property and/or Premises or because of the operation of other tenants at the Premises.

(iii) Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that Tenant’s compliance hereunder shall extend beyond the time which this Lease is otherwise set to expire or beyond the time which this Lease is for any reason terminated, Tenant shall be required to continue to pay Rent to Landlord for so long as it shall take for Tenant to satisfactorily discharge its obligations under ISRA. The acceptance of a Negative Declaration by the NJDEP or No Further Action Letter or as otherwise provided in section 6 of P.L. 1983, c. 330 (C.13:1K-11), and sections 13, 16, 17 and 18 of P.L. 1993, c. 139 (C.13:1K-11.2, 13:1K-11.5, 13:1K-11.6 and 13:1K-11.7), shall constitute satisfactory discharge of Tenant’s obligations with respect to compliance with ISRA. This provision shall only apply where the discharge of any hazardous material is caused by Tenant. If Tenant begins remediation activities and it is discovered that the discharge of any hazardous material was caused only by Landlord, a prior tenant or owner, or a third party, this provision will not apply. It is understood and agreed with respect to this Section that Landlord shall cooperate fully with Tenant and the NJDEP (and any other governmental agency having authority) in expediting the processing and approval of any and all applications required to be submitted by Tenant and/or executed (without the assumption or admission of liability except as set forth herein), by Landlord in connection with the discharge of Tenant’s obligations under ISRA.


(iv) Tenant shall, at no cost to Landlord, provide all information within Tenant’s control reasonably requested by Landlord or the NJDEP, or Division thereof, for preparation of a non-applicability affidavit or other type of submission, should Landlord or NJDEP so request, and Tenant shall promptly execute such affidavit or submission should the information contained in the affidavit or submission be found by Tenant to be complete and accurate and Tenant’s execution of such affidavit or submission be required by NJDEP.

(v) Landlord shall provide, at no cost to Tenant, all information reasonably available to it requested by Tenant and reasonably necessary or required for and in connection with the preparation of all ISRA submissions and/or in connection with any requests for information by the NJDEP or any division thereof.

(vi) If ISRA compliance becomes necessary at Premises due to any action or non-action on the part of Landlord or any third party, including but not limited to a change in ownership of the Premises, a closing of operations, or a transfer of ownership or operations, then Landlord shall comply with ISRA and all requirements of the NJDEP and any division thereof, at Landlord’s own expense.

(vii) Tenant and Landlord shall indemnify, defend and hold each other harmless from and against all claims, liabilities, losses, damages, penalties and costs, foreseen and unforeseen, including without limitation counsel, engineering and other professional or expert fees, which the indemnified party may incur resulting directly or indirectly, wholly or partly, from the other’s action or non-action with regard to its respective obligations under this Article or breach of its respective representations and warranties under this Article.

c. Additional Environmental Requirements by Tenant.

(i) Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, without notice or demand from Landlord, comply with all the requirements of all county, municipal, state, federal and other applicable governmental authorities, now in force, or which may hereafter be in force to the extent such compliance is required as a result of Tenant’s specific manner in which it is using the Premises.


(ii) During the Term, Tenant shall at all times handle any hazardous materials in such fashion as to avoid any discharge of hazardous materials on the site of the Premises. Prior to signing this Lease, Tenant shall supply a list of hazardous materials (including quantities) which Tenant intends to store/utilize at the Premises.

(iii) Tenant agrees that it will register with the New Jersey Department of Environmental Protection and any other applicable federal, state, county or local agency, as required, and within the time periods set forth in the applicable statutes, any underground storage tanks which Tenant uses or installs on the Premises.

(iv) In the event that there shall be filed a lien against the Premises by the New Jersey Department of Environmental Protection, pursuant to and in accordance with the provisions of N.J.S.A. 58:10-23.11f(f), as a result of the Chief Executive of the New Jersey Spill Compensation Fund having expended monies from said fund to pay for “Cleanup and Removal Costs”, as such term is defined in N.J.S.A. 58:10-23.11b(d), arising from an intentional or unintentional action or omission of the Tenant, resulting in the releasing, spilling, pumping, pouring, emitting, emptying or dumping of “Hazardous Materials”, into waters of the State of New Jersey or onto the lands from which it might flow or drain into said waters, then Tenant shall, within thirty (30) days from the date that Tenant is given notice that the lien has been placed against the Premises or within such shorter period of time in the event that the State of New Jersey has commenced steps to cause the Premises and/or Compliance Are to be sold pursuant to the lien either, at Tenant’s option (subject, however, in all respects to any reasonable requirements of Landlord’s mortgagee), (a) pay the claim and remove the lien from the Premises, or (b) furnish a cash deposit with the Landlord in the amount of the claim out of which the lien arises, or (c) provide other security reasonably satisfactory to Landlord in an amount sufficient to discharge the claim out of which the lien arises.

(v) Should the Tenant cause the releasing, spilling, leaking, pumping, pouring, emitting, emptying or dumping of hazardous materials into waters or onto lands of the State or into waters outside the jurisdiction of the State resulting in damage to the lands, waters, fish, shellfish, wildlife, biota, air or other resources owned managed or held in trust or otherwise controlled by the State, without having a permit issued by the appropriate governmental authorities, the Tenant shall promptly clean up the same in accordance with the provisions of the New Jersey Spill Compensation and Control Act.

(vi) Tenant further agrees to indemnify, defend and hold harmless Landlord from any and all claims, damages, fines, judgments and penalties, costs, liabilities (including strict liabilities) or losses (including without limitation reasonable attorneys’ fees and environmental consultant or expert fees) in connection with the existence and or discharge of any hazardous materials that has taken place at or from Premises as a result of Tenant’s acts, negligence, willful misconduct or other acts of the Tenant, Tenant’s agents, employees or invitees, including any and all costs incurred by Landlord concerning the investigation and remedial work mandated by any Federal, State, County or local environmental law, regulation or ordinance, including but not limited to, the New Jersey Spill Compensation and Control Act, N.J.S.A. 58:10-23.11 et seq., Industrial Site Recovery Act, N.J.S.A. 13:1K-6 et seq., and the New Jersey Water Pollution Control Act, N.J.S.A. 58:10A-1 et seq., and New Jersey Underground Storage Tank Act, N.J.S.A. 58:10A-21 et seq., and the regulations promulgated thereunder and any amending or successor legislation and regulations.


(vii) Landlord reserves the right from time to time, but not more than once a year, except in the event of an emergency, during the Term hereof and any extension, to have the Premises inspected by environmental engineers and/or specialists for the purpose of determining compliance by Tenant with any environmental laws, rules and regulations applicable to Tenant’s operations in or about the Premises and with the terms and conditions of this Lease dealing with environmental matters, including without limitation, the provisions of this Section, which inspection shall be at Landlord’s sole cost and expense. If the environmental assessment or report resulting from such inspection discloses any non-compliance, Tenant shall immediately following receipt of the environmental assessment take all such steps as are necessary to put the Premises into compliance, including without limitation, cleaning up any spills or other emissions of hazardous and/or toxic substances or wastes, and Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for the cost of the inspection.

16. ALTERATIONS: Tenant shall not make or suffer to be made any alterations, additions or improvements to or of the Premises or any part thereof, or attach any fixtures or equipment thereto, without first obtaining Landlord’s prior written consent. Any such alterations, additions or improvements to the Premises consented to by Landlord shall, at Landlord’s option, be made by Landlord for Tenant’s account and Tenant shall pay Landlord for the cost thereof (including a reasonable charge for Landlord’s overhead) within ten (10) days after receipt of Landlord’s statement. All such alterations, additions and improvements shall (without compensation to Tenant) immediately become Landlord’s property (except moveable furniture and trade fixtures) and, at the end of the term hereof, shall remain on the Premises without compensation to Tenant unless Landlord elects by notice to Tenant to have Tenant remove the same, in which event Tenant shall promptly restore the Premises to their condition prior to the installation of such alterations, additions and improvements. Tenant will obtain at Tenant’s expense all necessary permits and certificates and Tenant shall furnish Landlord copies of all such permits and certificates.

17. LIENS: Tenant shall keep the Premises free from any liens arising out of any work performed, materials furnished or obligations incurred by or for Tenant. In the event that Tenant shall not, within ten (10) days following the imposition of any such lien, cause the same to be released of record by payment or posting of a proper bond, Landlord shall have, in addition to all other remedies provided herein and by law, the right but not the obligation, to cause the same to be released by such means as it shall deem proper, including payment of or defense against the claim giving rise to such lien. All sums paid by Landlord and all expenses incurred by it in connection therewith (including, without limitation, reasonable legal fees and costs), shall create automatically an obligation of Tenant to pay an equivalent amount as Additional Rent, which shall be payable by Tenant on Landlord’s demand with interest at the maximum rate per annum permitted by law until paid. For purposes of this Section, “liens” shall include, but not be limited to, mechanic’s notices of intention, contractor’s liens, stop notices and filing of contracts. Tenant shall require all Tenant’s contractors and materialmen to waive any and all rights they may have to file any liens.


18. FIRE OR CASUALTY:

a. If the Premises or any part thereof shall be damaged by fire or other casualty, Tenant shall immediately inform Landlord thereof, and this Lease shall continue in full force and effect, except as hereinafter set forth.

b. Except as specifically provided in this Section, Tenant agrees that it shall not be relieved of the obligations to pay Rent in case of damage to or destruction of the Premises or Building or any portion thereof. Tenant waives the benefit of any law to the contrary.

c. If all or a material portion of the Premises are damaged or rendered unusable by fire or other casualty, and the damages to the Premises can, in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, be reasonably repaired within one hundred eighty (180) days of the occurrence of such damage, the damages, to the extent covered by insurance and affecting the tenant installation provided or paid for by Landlord, shall be repaired by and at the expense of Landlord and the Rent, until such repair shall be substantially completed, shall abate in proportion to the area of the Premises which was damaged or unusable by Tenant for so long as the Premises, or each such portion thereof, is damaged or unusable, it being the intent that such abatement shall not affect or reduce Landlord’s rent insurance coverage. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Landlord shall not be obligated to repair or restore any personal property of Tenant or any fixtures or Tenant installation not installed by and paid for by Landlord.

d. If Landlord repairs and restores the Premises in accordance with Section 18(c) such repairs and restorations shall be made with all reasonable expedition. After any such fire or other casualty, Tenant shall cooperate with Landlord’s restoration by removing from the Premises as promptly as reasonably possible and to the extent reasonably necessary, all of Tenant’s and any sublessee’s salvageable inventory and movable equipment, furniture, and other property. Tenant’s liability for Rent shall resume five (5) business days after written notice from Landlord of substantial completion of repairs to the Premises. For purposes hereof, “substantial completion” shall mean the date upon which Landlord has procured a temporary or permanent certificate of occupancy permitting occupancy of the Premises by Tenant

e. If all or substantially all of the Premises are damaged or rendered unusable by fire or other casualty, or (whether or not the Premises are damaged in whole or in part) if the Building shall be substantially damaged so that Landlord in its reasonable opinion, cannot rebuild both the Premises and the Building to their pre-existing condition within one hundred eighty (180) days, then, in either of such events, either Landlord or Tenant may elect to terminate this Lease by written notice to the other, specifying a date for the expiration of the Lease, which date shall not be more than one hundred eighty (180) days after such fire or other casualty, and upon the date specified in such notice the term of this Lease shall expire as fully and completely as if such date were the expiration date of the Term and Tenant shall forthwith quit, surrender and vacate the Premises without prejudice however, to Landlord’s rights and remedies against Tenant under the Lease provisions in effect prior to such termination; and any Rent owing shall be paid up to such date and any payments of Rent made by Tenant which were on account of any period subsequent to such date shall be credited against amounts owed by Tenant to Landlord or refunded to Tenant. If neither party terminates the Lease, to the extent of the insurance proceeds available to Landlord therefor, Landlord shall repair and restore the Building and/or the Premises to substantially the same condition in which they were immediately prior to the fire or other casualty, except that Landlord shall not be required to rebuild, repair, or replace any part of Tenant’s furniture, fixtures, furnishings, or equipment or any alterations, additions, or improvements made by Tenant to the Premises. Landlord’s repair and restoration work shall not exceed the scope of work done in originally constructing the Premises. Landlord shall not be liable for any inconvenience, annoyance, or injury done to the business of Tenant resulting in any way from such damage or the repair therefor, and Tenant’s obligations to pay Rent shall continue unabated, except that Landlord shall allow Tenant an equitable reduction of Rent during the time and to the extent the Premises are unfit for occupancy, save for Tenant’s fault or negligence hereinbelow described.


f. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section or any law, should the Premises or Building be damaged by fire of other casualty as a result of the negligence of Tenant or any sublessee or any employee, agent or visitor of either, Tenant shall have no right to terminate this Lease and there shall be no abatement of Rent under this Section, and Tenant shall be liable to Landlord for such damage, subject to the other provisions hereof.

19. EMINENT DOMAIN:

a. If all or substantially all of the Premises or a substantial portion of the Building should be acquired or condemned by eminent domain by any governmental authority, then Landlord or Tenant may terminate this Lease as of the date when title vests pursuant to such taking. In such event, the Rent shall be apportioned as of said expiration date and any Rent paid for any period beyond said date and in excess of amounts owing by Tenant to Landlord shall be repaid to Tenant.

b. In the event of a taking of less than all or substantially all of the Premises, Landlord shall have the right to equitably reduce the Premises, Tenant’s Proportionate Share and the Base Rent, and this Lease shall continue in full force and effect. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Lease if the area of the Premises shall not be reasonably sufficient for Tenant to continue operation of its business.


c. Landlord and Tenant may exercise their respective right(s) to terminate this Lease under Sections 19(a) and 19(b) by giving written notice to the other within thirty (30) days after the date of the vesting of title in such proceeding, specifying a date not more than fifteen (15) days after the giving of such notice as the date for such termination.

d. Neither Tenant nor any sublessee shall have any claim in any condemnation or eminent domain proceeding for the value of any unexpired term of the Lease with respect to the Premises or any portion thereof, and Tenant hereby assigns to Landlord Tenant’s entire interest in any such award. Although Tenant shall not be entitled to any part of the award for such taking or any payment in lieu thereof, Tenant (or any sublessee) may file a separate claim for any taking of fixtures and improvements owned by Tenant (or such sublessee) which have not become Landlord’s property, and for moving expenses, provided the same shall in no way affect or diminish Landlord’s award.

20. LANDLORD’S ACCESS TO PREMISES: Landlord reserves and shall at any time upon reasonable notice and in compliance with Tenant’s reasonable security measures have the right to enter the Premises to inspect the same, to supply any service to be provided by Landlord to Tenant hereunder to service and repair HVAC units, water pipes and sprinkler mains, and electrical and telephone risers servicing other parts of the Building, to show said Premises to prospective purchasers or tenants, to alter or repair the Premises or any portion of the Building, and to place “for sale” or “for rent” signs on the Building, all without being deemed guilty of an eviction of Tenant and without abatement of Rent, provided that the business of Tenant shall be interfered with as little as is reasonably practicable. Tenant hereby waives any claim for damages or any inconvenience to or interference with Tenant’s business, any loss of quiet enjoyment of the Premises and any other loss occasioned thereby. For each of the aforesaid purposes, Landlord shall at all times have and retain a key with which to unlock the main door to the Premises but not Tenant’s vaults and safes, and Landlord shall have the right to use any and all means which Landlord may deem proper to open said door in an emergency in order to obtain entry to the Premises, and any entry to the Premises obtained by Landlord by any of said means shall not under any circumstances be construed or deemed to be a forcible or unlawful entry into, or a detainer of the Premises, or any eviction of Tenant from the Premises or any portion thereof. No provision of this Lease shall be construed as obligating Landlord to perform any repairs, alterations or decoration except as otherwise expressly agreed to be performed by Landlord.

21. SUBORDINATION, ATTORNMENT, ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATES:

a. This Lease is junior, subject and subordinate to all ground leases, mortgages and other security instruments of any kind now covering the Property or any portion thereof. Landlord reserves the right to place liens or encumbrances on the Property or any part thereof or interest therein superior in lien and effect to this Lease. This Lease, at the option of Landlord, shall be subject and subordinate to any and all such liens or encumbrances now or hereafter imposed by Landlord without the necessity of the execution and delivery of any further instruments on the part of Tenant to effectuate such subordination. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant covenants and agrees to execute and deliver upon request such further instruments evidencing such subordination of this Lease as my be requested by Landlord.


b. Tenant shall at any time and from time to time, upon not less than ten (10) days’ prior notice by Landlord, execute, acknowledge and deliver to Landlord a statement in writing and in form and substance satisfactory to Landlord certifying that this Lease is unmodified and in full force and effect (or if there have been modifications, that the same is in full force and effect as modified and stating the modifications), and the dates to which the Rent and other charges have been paid in advance, if any, and stating whether or not to the best knowledge of Tenant, Landlord is in default in the performance of any covenant, agreement or condition contained in this Lease and, if so, specifying each such default, of which Tenant may have knowledge. Any such statement delivered pursuant to this Section may be relied upon by any prospective purchaser of the fee of the Property or any mortgagee, ground lessor or other exhibits thereof or any assignee of any such person.

22. SALE BY LANDLORD: In the event of a sale or conveyance by Landlord of the Property or any part thereof, the same shall operate to release Landlord from any and all liability under this Lease after the date of such conveyance of title provided the purchaser assumes all of the liabilities of Landlord pursuant hereto. If any security deposit has been made by Tenant, Landlord shall transfer such security deposit to the purchaser, and thereupon Landlord shall be discharged from any further liability in reference thereto.

 

23. INDEMNIFICATION:

a. Except to the extent arising from the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord, its employees, agents or contractors, Tenant shall indemnify, hold Landlord harmless from and defend Landlord (by counsel reasonably acceptable to Landlord) against any and all claims, loss, costs, damage, expense or liability, including without limitation reasonable attorneys’ fees, for any injury or damages to any person or property whatsoever (a) occurring in the Premises, or (b) when such injury or damage has been caused in part or in whole by any act, neglect, fault, or omission of Tenant, its employee, agent, contractor, invitee or licensee (each, a “Tenant Party”). This indemnity shall not require any payment by Landlord as a condition precedent to recovery. In addition, if any person not a party to this Lease shall institute any other type of action against Tenant in which Landlord shall be made a party defendant, Tenant shall indemnify, hold Landlord harmless from and defend Landlord from all liabilities and costs by reason thereof.

b. Except to the extent arising from the negligence or willful misconduct of Tenant, its employees, agents, contractors or invitees, Landlord shall indemnify, hold Tenant harmless from and defend Tenant (by counsel reasonably acceptable to Tenant) against any and all claims, loss, costs, damage, expense or liability, including without limitation reasonable attorneys’ fees, for any injury or damages to any person or property whatsoever (a) occurring on the Property (other than within or about the Premises) or (b) when such injury or damage has been caused in part or in whole by any act, neglect, fault, or omission of Landlord, its employee, agent or contractor. This indemnity shall not require any payment by Tenant as a condition precedent to recovery.


24. NO WAIVER: No waiver by Landlord of any provision of this Lease or of any breach by Tenant hereunder shall be deemed to be a waiver of any other provision hereof, or for any subsequent breach by Tenant of the same or any other provision. Landlord’s consent to or approval of any act by Tenant requiring Landlord’s consent or approval shall not be deemed to render unnecessary the obtaining of Landlord’s consent to or approval of any subsequent act at Tenant. Failure of Landlord to insist upon strict performance of any provision of this Lease shall not be deemed to be a waiver of such provision. No act or omission by Landlord or Landlord’s agents during the term of this Lease shall be deemed an acceptance of a surrender of the Premises, unless confirmed by Landlord in writing. The delivery of the keys to any employee or agent shall not operate as a termination of the Lease or a surrender of the Premises. The acceptance of any Rent by Landlord following a breach of this Lease by Tenant shall not constitute a waiver of any of Landlord’s rights unless such waiver is expressly stated in writing and signed by Landlord.

25. DEFAULT:

a. The occurrence of any of the following shall constitute a default and breach of this Lease by Tenant (a “Default” or “Event of Default”):

(i) Any failure by Tenant to pay the Rent or to make any other payment required to be made by Tenant hereunder within ten (10) days of date due;

(ii) The abandonment of the Premises by Tenant;

(iii) Any failure by Tenant to observe and perform any of its obligations under this Lease, where such failure continues for fifteen (15) days (except where a different period of time is specified in this Lease) after Landlord has given Tenant written notice or such other notice as may be required by law;

(iv) Tenant makes, or has made, or furnishes, or has furnished, any warranty, representation or statement to Landlord in connection with this Lease, or any other agreement to which Tenant and Landlord are parties, which is or was false or misleading in any material respect when made or furnished;

(v) Any substantial portion of the assets of Tenant is transferred or any material obligation is incurred by Tenant, unless such transfer or obligation is incurred in the ordinary course of Tenant’s business or in good faith for fair equivalent consideration, and with Landlord’s consent;

(vi) Tenant becomes insolvent as defined in the Federal Bankruptcy Code, admits in writing its insolvency or its present or prospective inability to pay its debts as they become due, is unable to or does not pay all or any material portion (in number or dollar amount) of its debts as they become due, permits or suffers a judgment to exist against it which affects Tenant’s ability to conduct its business in the ordinary course (unless enforcement thereof is stayed pending appeal), makes or proposes an assignment for the benefit of creditors or any class thereof for purposes of effecting a moratorium upon or extension or composition or its debts, proposes any such moratorium, extension or composition, or commences or proposes to commence any bankruptcy, reorganization or insolvency proceeding, or other proceeding under any federal, state or other law for the relief of debtors;


(vii) Tenant fails to obtain the dismissal, within thirty (30) days after the commencement thereof, of any bankruptcy, reorganization or insolvency proceeding, or other proceeding under any law for the relief of debtors, instituted against it by one or more third parties, or fails actively to oppose any such proceeding, or, in any such proceeding, defaults or files an answer admitting the material allegations upon which the proceeding was based or alleges its willingness to have an order for relief entered or its desire to seek liquidation, reorganization or adjustment of any of its debts;

(viii) Any receiver, trustee or custodian is appointed to take possession of all or any substantial portion of the assets of Tenant, or any committee of Tenant’s creditors, or any class thereof is formed for the purpose of monitoring or investigating the financial affairs of Tenant or enforcing such creditors’ rights.

b. In the event of any such default by Tenant, then in addition to any other remedies available to Landlord at law or in equity, Landlord shall have the option to immediately terminate this Lease and all rights of Tenant hereunder by giving written notice of such intention to terminate. In the event that Landlord shall elect to so terminate the Lease then Landlord may recover from Tenant:

(i) any unpaid Rent which shall have accrued at the time of such termination; plus

(ii) the entire amount of unpaid Rent for the balance of the term which amount shall, at Landlord’s option, be immediately due and payable; plus

(iii) any other amount necessary to compensate Landlord for Landlord’s loss or damage caused directly or indirectly by Tenant’s failure to perform its obligations under this Lease including, but not limited to, reasonable attorney’ fees and costs; plus

(iv) at Landlord’s election, such other amounts in addition to or in lieu of the foregoing, as may be permitted from time to time by applicable law.

c. In the event of any such default by Tenant, Landlord shall also have the right, with or without terminating this Lease, to re-enter and to take possession of the Premises and to remove all persons and property from the Premises. Landlord is hereby granted a lien, in addition to any statutory lien or right to distrain that may exist, on all personal property of Tenant in or upon the Premises, to assure payment of the Rent and performance of the covenants and conditions of this Lease. Landlord shall have the right, as agent of Tenant, to take possession of all personal property of Tenant found in or about the Premises including, without limitation, furniture and fixtures of Tenant and, to sell the same at public or private sale and to apply the proceeds thereof to the payment of any monies due or becoming due under this Lease, or to remove all such effects and store same in a public warehouse or elsewhere at the cost of and for the account of Tenant, or any other owner or occupant, Tenant hereby waiving the benefit of all laws exempting property from execution, levy and sale on distress or judgment.


d. In the event of the vacation of or abandonment of the Premises by Tenant, or in the event that Landlord shall elect to re-enter as provided above or shall take possession of the Premises pursuant to legal proceeding or pursuant to any notice provided by law, then if Landlord does not elect to terminate this Lease as provided in this Section, Landlord may from time to time, without terminating this Lease, either recover all Rent as it becomes due or relet the Premises or any part thereof for such term or terms and at such rental or rentals and upon such other terms and conditions as Landlord in its sole discretion may deem advisable with the right to make alterations and repairs to the Premises.

e. In the event that Landlord shall elect to so relet, then rentals received by Landlord from such reletting shall be applied: first, to the payment of any indebtedness other than Rent due hereunder from Tenant to Landlord; second, to the payment of any cost of such reletting, including but not limited to broker’s commissions and reasonable attorneys’ fees; third, to the payment of the cost of any alterations and repairs to the Premises; fourth, to the payment of Rent due and unpaid hereunder; and the residue, if any, shall be held by Landlord and applied in payment of future Rent as the same may become due and payable hereunder. Should any such reletting result in the payment of rentals less than the Rent payable by Tenant hereunder, then Tenant shall pay such deficiency to Landlord immediately upon demand therefor by Landlord. Tenant shall also pay Landlord as soon as ascertained, any costs and expenses incurred by Landlord in such reletting or in making such alterations and repairs not covered by the rentals received from such reletting.

f. No re-entry or taking possession of the Premises by Landlord pursuant to this Section shall be construed as an election to terminate this Lease unless written notice of such intention be given to Tenant. Notwithstanding any reletting without termination by Landlord because of any default by Tenant, Landlord may at any time after such reletting, elect to terminate this Lease for any such default.

26. RIGHT OF LANDLORD TO CURE TENANT’S DEFAULT: If Tenant defaults in the making of any payment or in the doing of any act herein required to be made or done by Tenant, then Landlord may but shall not be required to make such payment or do such act and charge to Tenant the amount of all costs in connection therewith including but not limited to reasonable legal fees and expenses incurred by Landlord, with interest thereon as provided in Section 33 from the date paid by Landlord to the date of payment thereof by Tenant. Such payment and interest shall constitute Additional Rent hereunder due and payable upon demand but the making of such payment or the taking of such action by Landlord shall not operate to cure such default or to stop Landlord from the pursuit of any other remedy to which Landlord would otherwise be entitled.

27. NOTICES: All notices which Landlord or Tenant may be required or may desire to serve on the other my be served, as an alternative to personal service, by serving the same by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or overnight delivery by a nationally recognized courier, addressed as set forth in Section 1 hereof, or addressed to such other address or addresses as either Landlord or Tenant my from time to time designate to the other by written notice.


28. INSOLVENCY OR BANKRUPTCY:

a. Neither Tenant’s interest in this Lease, nor any estate hereby created in Tenant nor any interest herein or therein, shall pass to any trustee or receiver or assignee for the benefit of creditors or otherwise by operation of law except as may specifically be provided pursuant to the Bankruptcy Code.

b. In the event the interest or estate created in Tenant hereby shall be taken in execution or by other process of law or if Tenant is adjudicated insolvent by a Court of competent jurisdiction other than the United State Bankruptcy Court, or if a receiver or trustee of Tenant’s property shall be appointed by reason of the insolvency or inability of Tenant to pay its debts, or if any assignment shall be made of Tenant’s property for the benefit of creditors, then and in any such events, this Lease and all rights of Tenant hereunder shall automatically cease and terminate with the same force and effect as though the date of such event were the date originally set forth herein and fixed for the expiration of the term, and Tenant shall vacate and surrender the Premises but shall remain liable as herein provided.

c. Tenant shall not cause or give cause for the appointment of a trustee or receiver of Tenant’s assets and shall not make any assignment for the benefit of creditors, or become or be adjudicated insolvent. The allowance of any petition under any insolvency law except under the Bankruptcy Code or the appointment of a trustee or receiver of Tenant or of its assets shall be conclusive evidence that Tenant caused, or gave cause therefor, unless such allowance of the petition, or the appointment of a trustee or receiver, is vacated within thirty (30) days after such allowance or appointment. Any act described in this Section shall be deemed a material breach of Tenant’s obligations hereunder, and this Lease shall thereupon automatically terminate. Landlord does, in addition, reserve any and all other remedies provided in this Lease or in law.

d. Upon the filing of a petition by or against Tenant under the Bankruptcy Code, Tenant, as debtor or as debtor in possession, and any trustee who my be appointed agree as follows: (1) to perform each and every obligation of Tenant under this Lease until such time as this Lease is either rejected or assumed by order of the United States Bankruptcy Court; and (2) to pay monthly in advance on the first day of each month as reasonable compensation for use and occupancy of the Premises an amount equal to all Rent and all other charges otherwise due pursuant to this Lease and (3) to reject or assume this Lease within sixty (60) days of the filing of such petition under Chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code or within one hundred twenty (120) days (or such shorter term as Landlord in its sole discretion, may deem reasonable so long as notice of such period is given) of the filing of a petition under any other Chapter; and (4) to give Landlord at least forty-five (45) days’ prior written notice of any proceeding relating to any assumption of this Lease; and (5) to give at least thirty (30) days’ prior written notice of any abandonment of the Premises; any such abandonment to be deemed a rejection of this Lease; and (6) to do all other things of benefit to Landlord otherwise required under the Bankruptcy Code; and (7) to be deemed to have rejected this Lease in the event of the failure to comply with any of the above; and (8) to have consented to the entry of an order by an appropriate United States Bankruptcy Court providing all of the above.


e. In addition to any other conditions or obligations imposed upon Tenant or its successor in the event of assumption and/or assignment as contemplated in this Section are the following: (1) the cure of any monetary defaults and the reimbursement to Landlord of pecuniary loss within not more than thirty (30) days of assumption and/or assignment; (2) the reorganized debtor or assignee of such debtor in possession or of Tenant’s trustee demonstrates background to meet all other reasonable criteria of Landlord as did Tenant upon execution of this Lease; (3) the prior written consent of any mortgagee to which this Lease has been assigned as collateral security; and (4) no physical changes of any kind may be made to the Premises unless in compliance with the applicable provisions of this Lease.

29. SURRENDER AND HOLDOVER:

a. On the expiration or the sooner termination hereof, Tenant shall peaceably surrender the Premises broom clean, in good order, condition and repair. On or before the last day of the term or the sooner termination hereof, Tenant shall at its expense remove its trade fixtures, signs and other personal property from the Premises. Any property not removed shall be deemed abandoned and may either be retained by Landlord as its property, or disposed of, without accountability and at Tenant’s expense, in such form as Landlord may determine. If the Premises are not surrendered at the end of the term or the sooner termination, Tenant shall indemnify Landlord against loss or liability resulting from delay by Tenant in so surrendering the Premises, including, without limitation, claims made by any succeeding tenants founded on such delay. Tenant shall promptly surrender all keys to Landlord at the place then fixed for payments of Rent. Tenant’s covenants hereunder shall survive the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease.

b. If Tenant holds over after the expiration or sooner termination hereof without the express written consent of Landlord, Tenant shall become a Tenant at sufferance only at two (2) times the greater of (i) the Rent due hereunder or (ii) the then prevailing market rate rent, as determined by Landlord in its sole and absolute discretion, plus all items of Additional Rent provided herein, and either (i) or (ii) shall be prorated on a daily basis according to the number of days contained in the month that such expiration or earlier termination takes place, and otherwise upon the terms, covenants and conditions herein specified, so far as applicable. Acceptance by Landlord of Rent after such expiration or earlier termination shall not constitute consent to a holdover hereunder or result in a renewal. The foregoing provisions of this Section are in addition to and do not affect Landlord’s rights of re-entry or any other rights of Landlord hereunder or as otherwise provided by law.


c. For past consideration, and notwithstanding any other provision of this Lease, including without limitation, the provisions of Section 16 to the contrary, Tenant shall have no obligation upon surrender of the Premises to restore the Premises to its condition prior to the addition of any alterations or improvements for Tenant’s benefit made prior to the Effective Date of this Lease. Without limiting the foregoing, Tenant shall not be responsible for removal of ventilation systems, gas piping for oxygen, hydrogen and natural gas supplied by NJNG for Tenant or its predecessors manufacturing purposes, external gas cylinder storage facility and the Draw Tower decking and walkways, all of which shall be the responsibility and liability of Landlord and Landlord shall indemnify, defend and protect Tenant against any liability therefore.

30. CONDITION OF PREMISES: Tenant acknowledges that neither Landlord nor any agent of Landlord has made any representation or warranty with respect to the Premises, the Building or the Property or with respect to the suitability thereof for the conduct of Tenant’s business. The taking of possession of the Premises by Tenant shall conclusively establish that the Premises were at such time in good order and repair.

31. LIMITATION OF LANDLORD’S LIABILITY:

a. Except to the extent arising from the gross negligence of Landlord or its employee, agent or contractor, Landlord and its employees and agents shall not be liable for any damage to Tenant’s property entrusted to employees of Landlord or its agents, nor for any loss or interruption of Tenant’s possession, nor for loss of or damage to any property by theft or otherwise, nor for any injury or damage to persons or property resulting from fire, explosion, falling plaster, steam, gas, electricity, water or rain that may leak from any part of the Premises or Building or from the pipes, appliances or plumbing works therein or from the roof, street or sub-surface or from any other place or resulting from dampness or any other cause whatsoever in the Building or on the Property. Landlord and its employees and agents shall not be liable for any property loss resulting from any latent defect in the Premises or the Building. Tenant shall give prompt notice to Landlord in case of fire, accidents or defects in the Premises. Under no circumstances shall Landlord have any liability for any consequential or punitive damages.

b. Tenant shall look solely to Landlord’s estate and property in the Premises (or the proceeds thereof) for the satisfaction of Tenant’s remedies for the collection of a judgment (or other judicial process) requiring the payment of money by Landlord in the event of any default by Landlord hereunder, and no other property or assets of Landlord or Landlord’s partners or members shall be subject to levy, execution or other enforcement procedure for the satisfaction of Tenant’s remedies under or with respect to either this Lease, the relationship of Landlord and Tenant hereunder, or Tenant’s use and occupancy of the Premises.

 

32. GOVERNING LAW: This Lease shall be governed by and construed pursuant to the laws of the State of New Jersey.


33. ADDITIONAL CHARGES: Any amount due from Tenant to Landlord which is not paid when due, in addition to other remedies available to Landlord, shall at Landlord’s option bear interest which shall be at the lesser of (i) 18% per annum or (ii) the maximum lawful rate per annum computed on the basis of a 365-day-year from the date such payment is due until paid, but the payment of such interest shall not excuse or cure the default. In addition to the foregoing, Landlord may also impose a late charge of 5% of the amount past due, and a charge for reasonable legal fees and costs.

34. BROKER: Tenant represents and agrees that it has not directly or indirectly dealt with any real estate broker (“Broker”) in connection with this Lease. Tenant agrees to defend, identify and hold Landlord harmless from and against any claims for brokerage commissions or finder’s fees arising out of or based on any alleged actions of Tenant with any broker.

35. ENTIRE CONTRACT: This Lease contains the entire contract between the parties. No representative, agent or employee of the Landlord has been authorized to make any representations or promises with reference to the within letting or to vary, alter or modify the terms hereof. No additions, changes or modifications, renewals or extensions hereof, shall be binding unless reduced to writing and signed by the Landlord and Tenant.

36. JURY WAIVER: To the extent permitted by law, Landlord and Tenant do hereby waive trial by jury in any action, proceeding or counterclaim brought by either of the parties hereto against the other on any matter whatsoever arising out of or in any connection with this Lease, the relationship of Landlord and Tenant, Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Premises, and/or any claim, injury or damage, or any emergency or statutory remedy.

37. GUARANTY: Tenant shall deliver to Landlord a Guaranty from Fabrinet and an opinion of counsel in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A.

(Remainder of page left intentionally blank – Signature page to follow)


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed these presents as of the day and year first above written.

 

Witnessed or Attested by:       Donly Corporation

/s/ [Illegible Signature]

      By:   

/s/ Roy C. Dignes

      Name:    Roy C. Dignes
      Title:    President
      FBN New Jersey Manufacturing Inc.

/s/ [Illegible Signature]

      By:   

/s/ Phil Motyka

      Name:    Phil Motyka
      Title:    Site Director


EXHIBIT A

LEASE GUARANTY

THIS LEASE GUARANTY, by Fabrinet, having an address at 140 Robinson Road, #05-02 Chow House, Singapore 068907 (the “Guarantor”), c/o Fabrinet USA Inc., located at 4104 24th Street, San Francisco, California 94114, in favor of Donly Corporation, a New Jersey corporation, having an address of P.O Box 344, Mountain Lakes, New Jersey 07046 (the “Landlord”).

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS, the Guarantor has requested Landlord to enter into a lease with FBN New Jersey Manufacturing Inc., d/b/a VitroCom (the “Tenant”) for approximately 21,000 square feet of rentable area in a building located on property in Boonton, New Jersey and Mountain Lakes, New Jersey for an initial term of three (3) years (the “Lease”);

WHEREAS, the Landlord has required as a condition to entering into the Lease that the Guarantor guaranty the Lease in the manner hereinafter set forth.

NOW, THEREFORE, to induce the Landlord to enter into the Lease, Guarantor hereby agrees as follows:

1.(a) The Guarantor unconditionally guarantees to the Landlord the full and punctual performance and observance, by the Tenant, of all the terms, covenants and conditions in the Lease contained on Tenant’s part to be kept, performed or observed. This Guaranty shall include any liability of Tenant that shall accrue under the Lease for any period preceding as well as any period following the term in the Lease specified. (b) If, at any time, default shall be made by the Tenant in the performance or observance of any of the terms, covenants or conditions in the Lease contained on the Tenant’s part to be kept, performed or observed, the Guarantor will keep, perform and observe the same, as the case may be, in place and stead of the Tenant.

2. The Guarantor hereby waives: (a) notice of acceptance of this Guaranty; (b) presentment and demand for any payments due Landlord; (c) protest and notice of dishonor or default to the Guarantor or to any other person or party with respect to the terms of the Lease or any portion thereof; (d) all notices to which the Guarantor might otherwise by entitled under this Guaranty; (e) notice of Tenant’s nonpayment, nonperformance or nonobservance; and (f) any demand for payment under this Guaranty.

3. This is a guaranty of performance and payment and not of collection and the Guarantor waives any right to require that any action be brought against the Tenant or to require that resort be had to any credit on the books of the Landlord in favor of the Guarantor or any other person or party.


4. Any act of the Landlord, or the successors or assigns of the Landlord, consisting of a waiver of any of the terms or conditions of the Lease, or the giving of any consent to any manner or thing relating to the Lease, or the granting of any indulgences or extensions of time to the Tenant, may be done without notice to the Guarantor and without releasing the obligations of the Guarantor hereunder.

5. The obligations of the Guarantor hereunder shall not be released by Landlord’s receipt, application or release of security given for the performance and observance of covenants and conditions in the Lease contained on Tenant’s part to be performed or observed; nor by any modification of the Lease, but in case of any such modification the liability of the Guarantor shall be deemed modified in accordance with the terms of any such modification of the Lease.

6. The liability of the Guarantor hereunder shall in no way be affected by (a) the release or discharge of the Tenant in any creditors’, receivership, bankruptcy or other proceedings, (b) the impairment, limitation or modification of the liability of the Tenant or the estate of the Tenant in bankruptcy, or of any remedy for the enforcement of the Tenant’s said liability under the Lease, resulting from the operation of any present or future provision of the Bankruptcy Code or other statute or from the decision in any court; (c) the rejection or disaffirmance of the Lease in any such proceedings; (d) the assignment or transfer of the Lease by the Tenant or the subletting of all or any portion of the leased premises by Tenant; (e) any disability or other defense of the Tenant, or (f) the cessation from any cause whatsoever of the liability of the Tenant.

7. Until all the covenants and conditions in the Lease on the Tenant’s part to be performed and observed are fully performed and observed, the Guarantor: (a) shall have no right of subrogation against the Tenant by reason of any payments or acts of performance by the Guarantor, in compliance with the obligations of the Guarantor hereunder; (b) waives any right to enforce any remedy which the Guarantor now or hereafter shall have against the Tenant by reason of any one or more payment or acts of performance in compliance with the obligations of the Guarantor hereunder; and (c) subordinates any liability or indebtedness of the Tenant now or hereafter held by the Guarantor to the obligations of the Tenant to the Landlord under the Lease.

8. This Guaranty shall apply to the Lease, any extension or renewal thereof and to any holdover term following the term thereby granted.

9. Any payment made by the Guarantor pursuant to this Guaranty shall be made free and clear of any and all present or future taxes imposed by the Cayman Islands, the Internal Revenue Service of the United States, or the State of New Jersey, or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein except for any such taxes that the Guarantor is required by law to withhold; provided that if such taxes are required by law to be withheld from any such payment, the Guarantor shall make such withholding, make payment of the amount withheld to the appropriate governmental authority and forthwith pay such additional amount as may be necessary to ensure that the net amount actually received by Landlord is equal to the amount that the Landlord would have received had no such taxes been withheld; and provided further that no such additional amounts shall be payable to the Landlord if it is liable for such taxes by reason of (i) the Landlord having some connection with the Cayman Islands, the Internal Revenue Service of the United States, or the State of New Jersey, other than a connection arising from this Guaranty or the Lease, or (ii) the failure of the Landlord to comply with any certification requirement concerning the nationality, residence, identity or connection with the Cayman Islands, the Internal Revenue Service of the United States, or the State of New Jersey, or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein, of the Landlord if compliance is required by a statute, treaty or regulation of the Cayman Islands, the Internal Revenue Service of the United States, or the State of New Jersey, or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein, as a precondition to exemption from, or reduction in the rate of, such withholding.


10. The Guarantor represents and warrants to Landlord that, as of the date hereof:

(a) It is duly constituted and validly existing under the laws of the Cayman Islands, and has the power and authority to own its assets and to conduct its business.

(b) It has full power and authority to execute and deliver this Guaranty and to perform its obligations hereunder.

(c) This Guaranty has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Guarantor and constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Guarantor enforceable against the Guarantor in accordance with its terms, subject, as to the enforcement of remedies only, to any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency and similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ remedies in general. .

(d) The Tenant is the wholly owned subsidiary of the Guarantor.

(e) All consents, approvals, filings and registrations with or of any court, governmental authority or regulatory body of the Cayman Islands or any political subdivision thereof required in connection with the execution, delivery and performance by the Guarantor of the Guaranty have been obtained or made; and the execution, delivery and performance by the Guarantor of this Guaranty will not conflict with or result in a violation of any of the terms or provisions of, or constitute a default under, any law or the regulations thereunder, the Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws of the Guarantor, or any material agreement or material instrument to which the Guarantor is a party or by which it is bound.

(f) The Guarantor is subject to civil and commercial law with respect to its obligations under this Guaranty, and the execution, delivery and performance of this Guaranty constitute private and commercial acts rather than public or governmental acts. Under the law of the Cayman Islands, neither the Guarantor nor any of its property has any immunity from jurisdiction of any court or any legal process (whether through service or notice, attachment prior to judgment, attachment in aid of execution, execution or otherwise).

(g) This Guaranty is in proper legal form under the law of the Cayman Islands for the enforcement thereof against the Guarantor under the law of the Cayman Islands; and to ensure the legality, validity, enforceability or admissibility in evidence of this Guaranty in the Cayman Islands, it is not necessary that this Guaranty or any other related document be filed or recorded with any court or other authority in the Cayman Islands or that any stamp or similar tax be paid on or in respect of this Guaranty.

 


11. Each notice and other communication under this Guaranty shall be in writing. Each notice, communication or document to be delivered to any party under this Guaranty shall be sent by hand delivery or facsimile transmission (promptly confirmed by courier) to it at the address, and marked for the attention of the person (if any), from time to time designated by such party for the purpose of this Guaranty. The initial address and person (if any) so designated by each party are set out opposite such party’s signature to this Guaranty. Any communication or document shall be deemed to be received, if sent by facsimile transmission, when the recipient confirms legible transmission thereof or, if sent by hand delivery or by courier, when delivered at the address specified by the addressee for purposes of this Guaranty.

12. With respect to any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Guaranty (each, a “Proceeding”), the Guarantor hereby irrevocably submits to the jurisdiction of any United States federal or state court sitting in the State of New Jersey. The Guarantor hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of the venue of any such Proceeding brought in such court and any claim that any such Proceeding brought in such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum. The Guarantor hereby agrees that a final judgment in any such Proceeding brought in such court shall be conclusive and binding upon it.

13. The Guarantor hereby irrevocably designates and appoints Phil Motyka (the “Process Agent”), with an office on the date hereof of 8 Morris Avenue, Mountain Lakes, New Jersey 07046 as its authorized agent to accept and acknowledge on its behalf service of any and all process which may be served in any Proceeding brought in a United States state or Federal court sitting in the State of New Jersey. Such designation and appointment shall be irrevocable until all obligations have been satisfied under the Lease. The Guarantor shall take any and all reasonable action, including the execution and filing of any and all documents that may be necessary to continue the foregoing designation and appointment in full force and effect and to cause its process agent to continue to act as such. If the Process Agent shall desire to cease so to act, the Guarantor shall, prior to the Process Agent ceasing so to act, irrevocably designate and appoint without delay another such agent in the State of New Jersey and, if requested by the Lender, shall promptly deliver to the Lender evidence in writing of such other agent’s acceptance of such appointment.

14. To the extent that the Guarantor hereafter may be entitled, in any Proceeding brought in a United States Federal court sitting in the State of New Jersey, to claim for itself or its properties any immunity (including, without limitation, immunity from service of process, jurisdiction, attachment prior to judgment, attachment in aid of execution of a judgment, execution or otherwise), and to the extent that in any such Proceeding in such jurisdiction there may be attributed any such immunity (whether or not claimed), the Guarantor hereby irrevocably undertakes not to claim and hereby irrevocably waives any such immunity, to the fullest extent permitted by law. The parties agree that the terms of this Section 14 shall be governed by the Foreign Sovereign Immunities Act of 1976, as amended from time to time, and the waiver of immunity contained herein shall be given effect in accordance therewith and is intended to be irrevocable for purposes of such Act.


15. Nothing herein shall limit the right of the Landlord to serve legal process in any other manner permitted by law or affect the right of the Landlord to bring any action or proceeding against the Guarantor or its property in the courts of any other jurisdiction.

16. All payments hereunder shall be made in U.S. dollars in same day funds (or such other funds as may, at the time of payment, be customary for the settlement in New York City of international banking transactions in U.S. dollars) at such account as the payee shall specify to the payor in writing. If for the purpose of obtaining judgment in any court it is necessary to convert a sum due hereunder in U.S. dollars into another currency, the parties hereto agree, to the fullest extent that they may effectively do so, that the rate of exchange used shall be that at which in accordance with normal banking procedures the payee could purchase U.S. dollars with such other currency in The City of New York on the Business Day preceding the day on which final judgment is given. The obligation of either party in respect of a sum due from it to the other party hereunder shall, notwithstanding any judgment in a currency (the “judgment currency”) other than U.S. dollars, be discharged only to the extent that on the Business Day following receipt by such other party of any sum adjudged to be so due in the judgment currency such other party may in accordance with normal banking procedures purchase U.S. dollars with the judgment currency; if the amount of U.S. dollars so purchased is less than the sum originally due to such other party in U.S. dollars, such first party agrees, as a separate obligation and notwithstanding any such judgment, to indemnify such other party against such loss, and if the amount of U.S. dollars so purchased exceeds the sum originally due to such other party, such other party agrees to remit to such first party such excess.

17. Each reference herein to the Landlord shall be deemed to include its successors and assigns, in whose favor the provisions of this Guaranty shall also inure and who shall be bound by the provisions of this Guaranty. Each reference herein to the Guarantor shall be deemed to include the successors and assigns of the Guarantor (including any successor entity resulting from a merger or consolidation), in whose favor the provisions of this Guaranty shall also inure and all of whom shall be bound by the provisions of this Guaranty. Upon any merger or consolidation of the Guarantor, the Guarantor shall execute such reaffirmations of this Guaranty as may be requested by the Landlord.

18. No delay on the part of the Landlord in exercising any rights hereunder or failure to exercise the same shall operate as a waiver of such rights; no notice to or demand on the Guarantor shall be deemed to be a waiver of the obligation of the Guarantor or of the right of the Landlord to take further action without notice or demand as provided herein; nor in any event shall any modification or waiver of the provisions of this Guaranty be effective unless in writing nor shall any such waiver be applicable except in the specific instance for which given.

19. In the event of a default under any of the terms of the Lease, Landlord shall have the right to proceed directly and immediately against the Guarantor and such proceeding is not to be deemed an irrevocable election of remedies.

20. This Guaranty is, and shall be deemed to be, a contract entered into under and pursuant to the laws of the State of New Jersey and shall be in all respects governed, construed, applied and enforced in accordance with the laws of said State; and no defense given or allowed by the laws of any other state or country shall be interposed in any action or proceeding hereon unless such defense is also given or allowed by the laws of the State of New Jersey.


21. This instrument may not be changed, modified, discharged or terminated orally or in any manner other than by an agreement in writing signed by the Guarantor and the Landlord.

22. Guarantor shall execute and deliver to Landlord such other documents and instruments and take such other actions as may be reasonably requested by Landlord to carry out the transactions contemplated by this Guaranty.

23. If any term or provision of this Guaranty or the application thereof to any person or circumstances shall, to any extent, be invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this Guaranty, or the application of such term or provision to persons or circumstances other than those to which it is held invalid or unenforceable, shall not be affected thereby and all other terms and provisions of this Guaranty shall be valid and enforced to the fullest extent permitted by law.

24. THE GUARANTOR AND THE LANDLORD AGREE THAT ANY SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING, WHETHER CLAIM OR COUNTERCLAIM, BROUGHT BY THE LANDLORD OR THE GUARANTOR ON OR WITH RESPECT TO THIS GUARANTY OR THE LEASE, SHALL BE TRIED ONLY BY A COURT AND NOT BY A JURY. THE LANDLORD AND THE GUARANTOR EACH HEREBY KNOWINGLY, VOLUNTARILY AND INTENTIONALLY WAIVE ANY RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY SUCH SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING. FURTHER, THE GUARANTOR WAIVES ANY RIGHT THE GUARANTOR MAY HAVE TO CLAIM OR RECOVER, IN ANY SUCH SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING, ANY SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, PUNITIVE, CONSEQUENTIAL OR OTHER DAMAGES OTHER THAN, OR IN ADDITION TO, ACTUAL DAMAGES. THE GUARANTOR ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THIS SECTION IS A SPECIFIC AND MATERIAL ASPECT OF THIS GUARANTY.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Guarantor has executed and delivered this Guaranty as of the 19th day of January, 2010.

 

WITNESS:      FABRINET:

/s/ Paul C. Kalivas

     By:   

/s/ Mark J. Schwartz

     Name:    Mark J. Schwartz
     Title:    Chief Financial Officer


OPINION LETTER

1. The Guarantor is validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the Cayman Islands, its jurisdiction of organization.

2. The Guarantor has the corporate power and authority to execute and deliver the Guaranty and to perform its obligations thereunder. Guarantor has taken all necessary corporate action to authorize the execution, delivery and performance of the Guaranty. To our knowledge, no consent or authorization of, approval by, notice to, or filing with, any Cayman Islands court or governmental authority is required to be obtained or made by Guarantor in connection with its execution, delivery or performance of the Guaranty or in connection with the validity or enforceability against it of the Guaranty.

3. The Guaranty has been duly executed and delivered by the Guarantor.

4. The Guaranty is a valid and binding obligation of the Guarantor enforceable against the Guarantor in accordance with its terms under the laws of the State of New Jersey.

5. The execution and delivery by Guarantor of the Guaranty and the performance by Guarantor of its obligations thereunder will not violate (i) any existing Cayman Islands law, rule or regulation applicable to the Guaranty, or (ii) any existing judgment, order or decree known to us of any arbitrator, court or other governmental authority binding upon the Guarantor.

6. The Guaranty is in proper legal form under the laws of the Cayman Islands for the enforcement thereof against the Guarantor under the laws of the Cayman Islands; and to ensure the legality, validity, enforceability or admissibility in evidence of each of the Lease and the Guaranty in the Cayman Islands, it is not necessary that either of the Lease or the Guaranty or any other document be filed, registered or recorded with any court or other governmental authority of the Cayman Islands or that any registration charge, stamp or similar tax be paid on or in respect of either of the Lease or the Guaranty or any other document to be furnished under the Lease or the Guaranty.

7. The choice of New Jersey law as the governing law of the Guaranty is a valid and binding choice of law.

8. A final judgment rendered by a court of competent jurisdiction located in the State of New Jersey is enforceable against the Guarantor in the Cayman Islands.

9. Under the laws of the State of New Jersey relating to submission to jurisdiction, the Guarantor has validly and irrevocably submitted to the jurisdiction of any state or federal court located in New Jersey, has validly and irrevocably waived any objection to the venue of a proceeding in any such court, and has validly and irrevocably appointed Phil Motyka as its authorized agent, for the purpose described in Section 13 of the Guaranty; service of process effected in the manner set forth in Section 11 of the Guaranty will be effective to confer valid personal jurisdiction over the Guarantor, and the waiver by the Guarantor pursuant to Section 14 of the Guaranty of any immunity from jurisdiction to which it may otherwise be entitled in any proceeding relating to the Lease or the Guaranty (including, to the extent applicable, sovereign immunity, immunity from pre-judgment attachment, post-judgment attachment and execution) is valid and binding under New Jersey and United States Federal law.

Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers ABAS Limited

Exhibit 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statement on Form S-8 (No. 333-168950) of Fabrinet of our report dated September 8, 2010 relating to the financial statements, which appears in this Form 10-K.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers ABAS Ltd.

PricewaterhouseCoopers ABAS Limited

Bangkok, Thailand

September 8, 2010

Certification of CEO pursuant to Exchange Act Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a)

Exhibit 31.1

CERTIFICATION

I, David T. Mitchell, certify that:

 

  1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Fabrinet;

 

  2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

  3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

  4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) for the registrant and have:

 

  (a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this annual report is being prepared;

 

  (b) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

  (c) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

  5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

  (a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

  (b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: September 8, 2010

 

/S/ DAVID T. MITCHELL

David T. Mitchell
Chief Executive Officer, President and Chairman of the Board of Directors (Principal Executive Officer)
Certification of CFO pursuant to Exchange Act Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a)

Exhibit 31.2

CERTIFICATION

I, Mark J. Schwartz, certify that:

 

  1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Fabrinet;

 

  2. Based on my knowledge, this annual report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

  3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

  4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) for the registrant and have:

 

  (a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this annual report is being prepared;

 

  (b) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

  (c) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

  5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

  (a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

  (b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: September 8, 2010

 

/s/ MARK J. SCHWARTZ

Mark J. Schwartz
Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, and Secretary (Principal Financial Officer)
Certifications of CEO and CFO pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350

Exhibit 32.1

CERTIFICATIONS OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER AND CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER

PURSUANT TO

18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, David T. Mitchell, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Fabrinet for the fiscal year ended June 25, 2010 fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and that information contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K fairly presents in all material respects the financial condition and results of operations of Fabrinet.

 

    By:  

/s/ DAVID T. MITCHELL

Date: September 8, 2010     Name:   David T. Mitchell
    Title:  

Chief Executive Officer, President and Chairman of the Board of Directors

(Principal Executive Officer)

I, Mark J. Schwartz, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Fabrinet for the fiscal year ended June 25, 2010 fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and that information contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K fairly presents in all material respects the financial condition and results of operations of Fabrinet.

 

    By:  

/s/ MARK J. SCHWARTZ

Date: September 8, 2010     Name:   Mark J. Schwartz
    Title:  

Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, and Secretary

(Principal Financial Officer)